Search Results

Search found 9088 results on 364 pages for 'after power failure'.

Page 363/364 | < Previous Page | 359 360 361 362 363 364  | Next Page >

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Saturday, October 29, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Saturday, October 29, 2011Popular Releasespatterns & practices: Enterprise Library Contrib: Enterprise Library Contrib - 5.0 (Oct 2011): This release of Enterprise Library Contrib is based on the Microsoft patterns & practices Enterprise Library 5.0 core and contains the following: Common extensionsTypeConfigurationElement<T> - A Polymorphic Configuration Element without having to be part of a PolymorphicConfigurationElementCollection. AnonymousConfigurationElement - A Configuration element that can be uniquely identified without having to define its name explicitly. Data Access Application Block extensionsMySql Provider - ...Network Monitor Open Source Parsers: Network Monitor Parsers 3.4.2748: The Network Monitor Parsers packages contain parsers for more than 400 network protocols, including RFC based public protocols and protocols for Microsoft products defined in the Microsoft Open Specifications for Windows and SQL Server. NetworkMonitor_Parsers.msi is the base parser package which defines parsers for commonly used public protocols and protocols for Microsoft Windows. In this release, NetowrkMonitor_Parsers.msi continues to improve quality and fix bugs. It has included the fo...Duckworth Lewis Professional Edition Calculator: DLcalc 3.0: DLcalc 3.0 can perform Duckworth/Lewis Professional Edition calculations 100% accurately. It also produces over-by-over and ball-by-ball PAR score tables.Folder Bookmarks: Folder Bookmarks 2.2.0.1: In this version: Custom Icons - now you can change the icons of the bookmarks. By default, whenever an image is added, the icon is automatically changed to a thumbnail of the picture. This can be turned off in the settings (Options... > Settings) Ability to remove items from the 'Recent' category Bugfixes - 'Choose' button in 'Edit Bookmark' now works Another bug fix: another problem in the 'Edit Bookmark' windowMedia Companion: MC 3.420b Weekly: Ensure .NET 4.0 Full Framework is installed. (Available from http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=17718) Ensure the NFO ID fix is applied when transitioning from versions prior to 3.416b. (Details here) Movies Fixed: Fanart and poster scraping issues TV Shows (Re)Added: Rebuild single show Fixed: Issue when shows are moved from original location Ability to handle " for actor nicknames Crash when episode name contains "<" (does not scrape yet) Clears fanart when switch...patterns & practices - Unity: Unity 3.0 for .NET4.5 Preview: The Unity 3.0.1026.0 Preview enables Unity to work on .NET 4.5 with both the WinRT and desktop profiles. The major changes include: Unity projects updated to target .NET 4.5. Dynamic build plans modified to use compiled lambda expressions instead of Reflection.Emit Converting reflection to use the new TypeInfo for reflection. Projects updated to work with the Microsoft Visual Studio 2011 Preview Notes/Known Issues: The Microsoft.Practices.Unity.UnityServiceLocator class cannot be use...Managed Extensibility Framework: MEF 2 Preview 4: Detailed information on this release is available on the BCL team blog.Image Converter: Image Converter 0.3: New Features: - English and German support Technical Improvements: - Microsoft All Rules using Code Analysis Planned Features for future release: 1. Unit testing 2. Command line interface 3. Automatic UpdatesAcDown????? - Anime&Comic Downloader: AcDown????? v3.6: ?? ● AcDown??????????、??????,??????????????????????,???????Acfun、Bilibili、???、???、???、Tucao.cc、SF???、?????80????,???????????、?????????。 ● AcDown???????????????????????????,???,???????????????????。 ● AcDown???????C#??,????.NET Framework 2.0??。?????"Acfun?????"。 ????32??64? Windows XP/Vista/7 ????????????? ??:????????Windows XP???,?????????.NET Framework 2.0???(x86)?.NET Framework 2.0???(x64),?????"?????????"??? ??????????????,??????????: ??"AcDown?????"????????? ?? v3.6?? ??“????”...DotNetNuke® Events: 05.02.01: This release fixes any know bugs from any previous version. Events 05.02.01 will work for any DNN version 5.5.0 and up. Full details on the changes can be found at http://dnnevents.codeplex.com/workitem/list/basic Please review and rate this release... (stars are welcome)BUG FIXESAdded validation around category cookie RSS feed was missing an explicit close of the file when writing. Fixed. Added extra security into detail view .ICS Files did not include correct line folding. Fixed Cha...Microsoft Ajax Minifier: Microsoft Ajax Minifier 4.33: Add JSParser.ParseExpression method to parse JavaScript expressions rather than source-elements. Add -strict switch (CodeSettings.StrictMode) to force input code to ECMA5 Strict-mode (extra error-checking, "use strict" at top). Fixed bug when MinifyCode setting was set to false but RemoveUnneededCode was left it's default value of true.Path Copy Copy: 8.0: New version that mostly adds lots of requested features: 11340 11339 11338 11337 This version also features a more elaborate Settings UI that has several tabs. I tried to add some notes to better explain the use and purpose of the various options. The Path Copy Copy documentation is also on the way, both to explain how to develop custom plugins and to explain how to pre-configure options if you're a network admin. Stay tuned.MVC Controls Toolkit: Mvc Controls Toolkit 1.5.0: Added: The new Client Blocks feaure of Views A new "move" js method for the TreeViews The NewHtmlCreated js event to the DataGrid Improved the ChoiceList structure that now allows also the selection list of a dropdown to be chosen with a lambda expression Improved the AcceptViewHintAttribute controller filter. Now a client can specify not only the name of a View or Partial View it prefers, but also to receive just the rough data in Json format. Fixed: Issue with partial thrust Cl...Free SharePoint Master Pages: Buried Alive (Halloween) Theme: Release Notes *Created for Halloween, you will find theme file, custom css file and images. *Created by Al Roome @AlstarRoome Features: Custom styling for web part Custom background *Screenshot https://s3.amazonaws.com/kkhipple/post/sharepoint-showcase-halloween.pngDevForce Application Framework: DevForce AF 2.0.3 RTW: PrerequisitesWPF 4.0 Silverlight 4.0 DevForce 2010 6.1.3.1 Download ContentsDebug and Release Assemblies API Documentation Source code License.txt Requirements.txt Release HighlightsNew: EventAggregator event forwarding New: EntityManagerInterceptor<T> to intercept EntityManger events New: IHarnessAware to allow for ViewModel setup when executed inside of the Development Harness New: Improved design time stability New: Support for add-in development New: CoroutineFns.To...NicAudio: NicAudio 2.0.5: Minor change to accept special DTS stereo modes (LtRt, AB,...)NDepend TFS 2010 integration: version 0.5.0 beta 1: Only the activity and the VS plugin are avalaible right now. They basically work. Data types that are logged into tfs reports are subject to change. This is no big deal since data is not yet sent into the warehouse.Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows Phone: Windows Azure Toolkit for Windows Phone v1.3.1: Upgraded Windows Azure projects to Windows Azure Tools for Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 1.5 – September 2011 Upgraded the tools tools to support the Windows Phone Developer Tools RTW Update SQL Azure only scenarios to use ASP.NET Universal Providers (through the System.Web.Providers v1.0.1 NuGet package) Changed Shared Access Signature service interface to support more operations Refactored Blobs API to have a similar interface and usage to that provided by the Windows Azure SDK Stor...DotNetNuke® FAQ: 05.00.00: FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) 05.00.00 will work for any DNN version 5.6.1 and up. It is the first version which is rewritten in C#. The scope of this update is to fix all known issues and improve user interface. Please review and rate this release... (stars are welcome)BUG FIXESManage Categories button text was not localized Edit/Add FAQ Entry: button text was not localized ENHANCEMENTSAdded an option to select the control for category display: Listbox with checkboxes (flat category ...SiteMap Editor for Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011: SiteMap Editor (1.0.921.340): Added CodePlex and PayPal links New iconNew ProjectsAsynk: Asynk is a framework/application that allows existing applications to easily be extended with an offloaded asynchronous worker layer. Asynk is developed using C#.Blob Tower Defense: 3D tower defense game for Windows Phone 7. School project for Brno University of Technology, computer graphics class.Booz: Booz is... An extended version of the boo shell (booish2 to be precise). Offers additional commands like cd, md, ls etc. I hope this shell can be used to take the position of/surpass the native windows shell in the near future.CIMS: a sanction infomation system for sencience and technology of hustCrystalDot - Icon Collection / Pack (LGPL): .Net / Mono freundliche Varainte der Crystal-Icons von Everaldo Icon collection / pack for .NET and Mono designed by Everaldo - KDE style http://www.everaldo.com/crystal/dotetes: dotetes adalah teka teki silang tool dikembangkan dengan bahasa c#Emoe': This Project is a Windows Phone 7.1 application.Equation Inversion: Visual Studion 2008 Add-in for equation inversions.Exploring VMR Features on WEC7: This is the sample application helps you to do alpha blending the bitmap on camera streaming in Windows Embedded Compact 7 using Directshow video Renderer (VMR). It is a VS2008 based smart device project developed on C++. I have explained the sample application in the following blog link. http://www.e-consystems.com/blog/windowsce/?p=759 EzValidation: Custom validation extensions for ASP.NET MVC 3. Includes server and client side model based validation attributes for: -- Equal To -- Not Equal To -- Greater Than -- Greater Than or Equal To -- Less Than -- Less Than or Equal To Supports validating against: -- Another Model Field -- A Specific Value -- Current Date/Yesterday/Tomorrow (for Dates and Strings) Download & Install via NuGet "package-install ezvalidation"Flu.net: Flu.net is a tool that helps you creating your own fluent syntax for .NET Framework applications in a declarative fashion. It is aimed for infrastructures and other open-source projects use.For Chess Endgames: King vs. King Opposition Calculator: You must input the locations of 2 kings on a chessboard, and whose turn it is to move. The calculator will display which king has the opposition, and how it can be used or maintained.GameTrakXNA: This project aims to create a simple library to use the unique GameTrak controller within XNA and Flash.Google Speech Recognition Example: Google Speech Recognition contains a working example of application that uses google speech recognition API. App contains all necessary dlls to record, decode and send your voice request to google service and recieve a text representation of what you've said. It's developed in C#Interval Mandelbrot Explorer: Explore the Mandelbrot set using interval arithmetic.ISD training tasks: ISD training examples and tasksiTunesControlBar: The iTunesControlBar helps user control their iTunes Application while it is minimized. iTunesControlBar resides at the top of the screen, invisible when not used, and allows playback and volume control, library searches and media information without the need to bring up iTunes.iTurtle: A bunch of Powerscripts to automate server management in AD environment.M26WC - Mono 2.6 Wizard Control: Wizard which runs under Mono2.6 A fork of: http://aerowizard.codeplex.com/Microsoft Help Viewer 2: Help Viewer 2 is the help runtime for both Visual Studio 11 help and Windows 8 help. The code in this project will help you use and understand the HV2 runtime API.MONTRASEC: Monitoring Trafficking in human beings and Sexual Exploitation of Children: benchmarking for member state and EU reporting, turning the SIAMSECT templates into a user-friendly interface and reporting tool. MTF.NET Runtime: Managed Task Framework .NET Runtime The MTF.NET runtime software and resulting assemblies are required to run applications built using the Managed Task Framework.NET Professional (Visual Studio 2010 extension) software design editor. The MTF.NET team are committed to continuously improving the core MTF.NET runtime and ensuring it is always available free and fully transparent. Pandoras Box: A greenfield inversion of control project utilising the power and flexibility of expressions and preferring convention over configuration.Pass the Puzzle: Pass the Puzzle is a frantic word-guessing party game. The game displays a few letters, and the players must come up with words containing those letters. But beware: if the timer goes off, you lose! It is based on the folk party game Pass the Parcel and is written in C#.PerCiGal: Percigal is a project for the development of applications for managing your personal media library. It consists in - a windows application to use at home to catalog movies, TV series, cast and books, with the support of the Internet for information retrieval; - a web interface for viewing and cataloging everywhere your media; - an application for smartphones. Project Flying Carpet: Este jogo é um projeto para a cadeira Projeto de Jogos: Motores Jogos do curso de Jogos Digitais da Unisinos.proxy browser: sed leo Latin's Butterfly....Python Multiple Dispatch: Multiple dispatch (AKA multimethods) for Python 3 via a metaclass and type annotations.reDune: ?????????? ???? ? ????? «????????? ? ???????? ???????». ???????? ?? Dune2000 ?? Westwood ? Electronic Arts.Rereadable: Keep page from internet for read it latter.ServStop: ServStop is a .NET application that makes it easy to stop several system services at once. Now you don't have to change startup types or stop them one at a time. It has a simple list-based interface with the ability to save and load lists of user services to stop. Written in C#.SharePoint 2010 Audience Membership Workflow Activity (Full Trust): A simple SharePoint 2010 workflow activity / workflow condition to check whether the user initiating the workflow is a member of a specified audience. Farm-level .wsp solution, written in C#. Once installed, the workflow activity can be used in SharePoint Designer 2010 declarative workflows.SQL Server® to Firebird DB converter: Converts Microsoft SQL Server® database into Firebird database including entire structure and datastegitest: test projectSystem.Threading.Joins: The Joins project provides asynchronous concurrency semantics based on join calculus and modeled after the Microsoft Research C? (C Omega) project.TestAndroidGame: try dev a TestAndroidGametetribricks: block game Topographic Explorer: A project to import, convert, explore, manipulate, and save topographical maps. Looking to use C# and WPF.Trading: Under construction!!!Trombone: Trombone makes it easier for Windows Mobile Professional users to automate status reply through SMS. It's developed in Visual C# 2008.Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group: Repository for source code for the Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group's web site. The Tulsa SharePoint Interest Group is using the Community Kit for SharePoint. This project will house any modifications that are specific to our user group.World of Tanks RU tiny stats collection utilty.: Tiny utility to load players stats for World of Tanks RU server. Results saved to comma separated file.WS-Discovery Proxy: Attempt at creating general purpose WS-Discovery Proxy.Yamaha Tu?n Tr?c: This application is used to manage information for Yamaha Tu?n Tr?c

    Read the article

  • Informed TDD &ndash; Kata &ldquo;To Roman Numerals&rdquo;

    - by Ralf Westphal
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/05/28/informed-tdd-ndash-kata-ldquoto-roman-numeralsrdquo.aspxIn a comment on my article on what I call Informed TDD (ITDD) reader gustav asked how this approach would apply to the kata “To Roman Numerals”. And whether ITDD wasn´t a violation of TDD´s principle of leaving out “advanced topics like mocks”. I like to respond with this article to his questions. There´s more to say than fits into a commentary. Mocks and TDD I don´t see in how far TDD is avoiding or opposed to mocks. TDD and mocks are orthogonal. TDD is about pocess, mocks are about structure and costs. Maybe by moving forward in tiny red+green+refactor steps less need arises for mocks. But then… if the functionality you need to implement requires “expensive” resource access you can´t avoid using mocks. Because you don´t want to constantly run all your tests against the real resource. True, in ITDD mocks seem to be in almost inflationary use. That´s not what you usually see in TDD demonstrations. However, there´s a reason for that as I tried to explain. I don´t use mocks as proxies for “expensive” resource. Rather they are stand-ins for functionality not yet implemented. They allow me to get a test green on a high level of abstraction. That way I can move forward in a top-down fashion. But if you think of mocks as “advanced” or if you don´t want to use a tool like JustMock, then you don´t need to use mocks. You just need to stand the sight of red tests for a little longer ;-) Let me show you what I mean by that by doing a kata. ITDD for “To Roman Numerals” gustav asked for the kata “To Roman Numerals”. I won´t explain the requirements again. You can find descriptions and TDD demonstrations all over the internet, like this one from Corey Haines. Now here is, how I would do this kata differently. 1. Analyse A demonstration of TDD should never skip the analysis phase. It should be made explicit. The requirements should be formalized and acceptance test cases should be compiled. “Formalization” in this case to me means describing the API of the required functionality. “[D]esign a program to work with Roman numerals” like written in this “requirement document” is not enough to start software development. Coding should only begin, if the interface between the “system under development” and its context is clear. If this interface is not readily recognizable from the requirements, it has to be developed first. Exploration of interface alternatives might be in order. It might be necessary to show several interface mock-ups to the customer – even if that´s you fellow developer. Designing the interface is a task of it´s own. It should not be mixed with implementing the required functionality behind the interface. Unfortunately, though, this happens quite often in TDD demonstrations. TDD is used to explore the API and implement it at the same time. To me that´s a violation of the Single Responsibility Principle (SRP) which not only should hold for software functional units but also for tasks or activities. In the case of this kata the API fortunately is obvious. Just one function is needed: string ToRoman(int arabic). And it lives in a class ArabicRomanConversions. Now what about acceptance test cases? There are hardly any stated in the kata descriptions. Roman numerals are explained, but no specific test cases from the point of view of a customer. So I just “invent” some acceptance test cases by picking roman numerals from a wikipedia article. They are supposed to be just “typical examples” without special meaning. Given the acceptance test cases I then try to develop an understanding of the problem domain. I´ll spare you that. The domain is trivial and is explain in almost all kata descriptions. How roman numerals are built is not difficult to understand. What´s more difficult, though, might be to find an efficient solution to convert into them automatically. 2. Solve The usual TDD demonstration skips a solution finding phase. Like the interface exploration it´s mixed in with the implementation. But I don´t think this is how it should be done. I even think this is not how it really works for the people demonstrating TDD. They´re simplifying their true software development process because they want to show a streamlined TDD process. I doubt this is helping anybody. Before you code you better have a plan what to code. This does not mean you have to do “Big Design Up-Front”. It just means: Have a clear picture of the logical solution in your head before you start to build a physical solution (code). Evidently such a solution can only be as good as your understanding of the problem. If that´s limited your solution will be limited, too. Fortunately, in the case of this kata your understanding does not need to be limited. Thus the logical solution does not need to be limited or preliminary or tentative. That does not mean you need to know every line of code in advance. It just means you know the rough structure of your implementation beforehand. Because it should mirror the process described by the logical or conceptual solution. Here´s my solution approach: The arabic “encoding” of numbers represents them as an ordered set of powers of 10. Each digit is a factor to multiply a power of ten with. The “encoding” 123 is the short form for a set like this: {1*10^2, 2*10^1, 3*10^0}. And the number is the sum of the set members. The roman “encoding” is different. There is no base (like 10 for arabic numbers), there are just digits of different value, and they have to be written in descending order. The “encoding” XVI is short for [10, 5, 1]. And the number is still the sum of the members of this list. The roman “encoding” thus is simpler than the arabic. Each “digit” can be taken at face value. No multiplication with a base required. But what about IV which looks like a contradiction to the above rule? It is not – if you accept roman “digits” not to be limited to be single characters only. Usually I, V, X, L, C, D, M are viewed as “digits”, and IV, IX etc. are viewed as nuisances preventing a simple solution. All looks different, though, once IV, IX etc. are taken as “digits”. Then MCMLIV is just a sum: M+CM+L+IV which is 1000+900+50+4. Whereas before it would have been understood as M-C+M+L-I+V – which is more difficult because here some “digits” get subtracted. Here´s the list of roman “digits” with their values: {1, I}, {4, IV}, {5, V}, {9, IX}, {10, X}, {40, XL}, {50, L}, {90, XC}, {100, C}, {400, CD}, {500, D}, {900, CM}, {1000, M} Since I take IV, IX etc. as “digits” translating an arabic number becomes trivial. I just need to find the values of the roman “digits” making up the number, e.g. 1954 is made up of 1000, 900, 50, and 4. I call those “digits” factors. If I move from the highest factor (M=1000) to the lowest (I=1) then translation is a two phase process: Find all the factors Translate the factors found Compile the roman representation Translation is just a look-up. Finding, though, needs some calculation: Find the highest remaining factor fitting in the value Remember and subtract it from the value Repeat with remaining value and remaining factors Please note: This is just an algorithm. It´s not code, even though it might be close. Being so close to code in my solution approach is due to the triviality of the problem. In more realistic examples the conceptual solution would be on a higher level of abstraction. With this solution in hand I finally can do what TDD advocates: find and prioritize test cases. As I can see from the small process description above, there are two aspects to test: Test the translation Test the compilation Test finding the factors Testing the translation primarily means to check if the map of factors and digits is comprehensive. That´s simple, even though it might be tedious. Testing the compilation is trivial. Testing factor finding, though, is a tad more complicated. I can think of several steps: First check, if an arabic number equal to a factor is processed correctly (e.g. 1000=M). Then check if an arabic number consisting of two consecutive factors (e.g. 1900=[M,CM]) is processed correctly. Then check, if a number consisting of the same factor twice is processed correctly (e.g. 2000=[M,M]). Finally check, if an arabic number consisting of non-consecutive factors (e.g. 1400=[M,CD]) is processed correctly. I feel I can start an implementation now. If something becomes more complicated than expected I can slow down and repeat this process. 3. Implement First I write a test for the acceptance test cases. It´s red because there´s no implementation even of the API. That´s in conformance with “TDD lore”, I´d say: Next I implement the API: The acceptance test now is formally correct, but still red of course. This will not change even now that I zoom in. Because my goal is not to most quickly satisfy these tests, but to implement my solution in a stepwise manner. That I do by “faking” it: I just “assume” three functions to represent the transformation process of my solution: My hypothesis is that those three functions in conjunction produce correct results on the API-level. I just have to implement them correctly. That´s what I´m trying now – one by one. I start with a simple “detail function”: Translate(). And I start with all the test cases in the obvious equivalence partition: As you can see I dare to test a private method. Yes. That´s a white box test. But as you´ll see it won´t make my tests brittle. It serves a purpose right here and now: it lets me focus on getting one aspect of my solution right. Here´s the implementation to satisfy the test: It´s as simple as possible. Right how TDD wants me to do it: KISS. Now for the second equivalence partition: translating multiple factors. (It´a pattern: if you need to do something repeatedly separate the tests for doing it once and doing it multiple times.) In this partition I just need a single test case, I guess. Stepping up from a single translation to multiple translations is no rocket science: Usually I would have implemented the final code right away. Splitting it in two steps is just for “educational purposes” here. How small your implementation steps are is a matter of your programming competency. Some “see” the final code right away before their mental eye – others need to work their way towards it. Having two tests I find more important. Now for the next low hanging fruit: compilation. It´s even simpler than translation. A single test is enough, I guess. And normally I would not even have bothered to write that one, because the implementation is so simple. I don´t need to test .NET framework functionality. But again: if it serves the educational purpose… Finally the most complicated part of the solution: finding the factors. There are several equivalence partitions. But still I decide to write just a single test, since the structure of the test data is the same for all partitions: Again, I´m faking the implementation first: I focus on just the first test case. No looping yet. Faking lets me stay on a high level of abstraction. I can write down the implementation of the solution without bothering myself with details of how to actually accomplish the feat. That´s left for a drill down with a test of the fake function: There are two main equivalence partitions, I guess: either the first factor is appropriate or some next. The implementation seems easy. Both test cases are green. (Of course this only works on the premise that there´s always a matching factor. Which is the case since the smallest factor is 1.) And the first of the equivalence partitions on the higher level also is satisfied: Great, I can move on. Now for more than a single factor: Interestingly not just one test becomes green now, but all of them. Great! You might say, then I must have done not the simplest thing possible. And I would reply: I don´t care. I did the most obvious thing. But I also find this loop very simple. Even simpler than a recursion of which I had thought briefly during the problem solving phase. And by the way: Also the acceptance tests went green: Mission accomplished. At least functionality wise. Now I´ve to tidy up things a bit. TDD calls for refactoring. Not uch refactoring is needed, because I wrote the code in top-down fashion. I faked it until I made it. I endured red tests on higher levels while lower levels weren´t perfected yet. But this way I saved myself from refactoring tediousness. At the end, though, some refactoring is required. But maybe in a different way than you would expect. That´s why I rather call it “cleanup”. First I remove duplication. There are two places where factors are defined: in Translate() and in Find_factors(). So I factor the map out into a class constant. Which leads to a small conversion in Find_factors(): And now for the big cleanup: I remove all tests of private methods. They are scaffolding tests to me. They only have temporary value. They are brittle. Only acceptance tests need to remain. However, I carry over the single “digit” tests from Translate() to the acceptance test. I find them valuable to keep, since the other acceptance tests only exercise a subset of all roman “digits”. This then is my final test class: And this is the final production code: Test coverage as reported by NCrunch is 100%: Reflexion Is this the smallest possible code base for this kata? Sure not. You´ll find more concise solutions on the internet. But LOC are of relatively little concern – as long as I can understand the code quickly. So called “elegant” code, however, often is not easy to understand. The same goes for KISS code – especially if left unrefactored, as it is often the case. That´s why I progressed from requirements to final code the way I did. I first understood and solved the problem on a conceptual level. Then I implemented it top down according to my design. I also could have implemented it bottom-up, since I knew some bottom of the solution. That´s the leaves of the functional decomposition tree. Where things became fuzzy, since the design did not cover any more details as with Find_factors(), I repeated the process in the small, so to speak: fake some top level, endure red high level tests, while first solving a simpler problem. Using scaffolding tests (to be thrown away at the end) brought two advantages: Encapsulation of the implementation details was not compromised. Naturally private methods could stay private. I did not need to make them internal or public just to be able to test them. I was able to write focused tests for small aspects of the solution. No need to test everything through the solution root, the API. The bottom line thus for me is: Informed TDD produces cleaner code in a systematic way. It conforms to core principles of programming: Single Responsibility Principle and/or Separation of Concerns. Distinct roles in development – being a researcher, being an engineer, being a craftsman – are represented as different phases. First find what, what there is. Then devise a solution. Then code the solution, manifest the solution in code. Writing tests first is a good practice. But it should not be taken dogmatic. And above all it should not be overloaded with purposes. And finally: moving from top to bottom through a design produces refactored code right away. Clean code thus almost is inevitable – and not left to a refactoring step at the end which is skipped often for different reasons.   PS: Yes, I have done this kata several times. But that has only an impact on the time needed for phases 1 and 2. I won´t skip them because of that. And there are no shortcuts during implementation because of that.

    Read the article

  • iPhone SDK vs. Windows Phone 7 Series SDK Challenge, Part 2: MoveMe

    In this series, I will be taking sample applications from the iPhone SDK and implementing them on Windows Phone 7 Series.  My goal is to do as much of an apples-to-apples comparison as I can.  This series will be written to not only compare and contrast how easy or difficult it is to complete tasks on either platform, how many lines of code, etc., but Id also like it to be a way for iPhone developers to either get started on Windows Phone 7 Series development, or for developers in general to learn the platform. Heres my methodology: Run the iPhone SDK app in the iPhone Simulator to get a feel for what it does and how it works, without looking at the implementation Implement the equivalent functionality on Windows Phone 7 Series using Silverlight. Compare the two implementations based on complexity, functionality, lines of code, number of files, etc. Add some functionality to the Windows Phone 7 Series app that shows off a way to make the scenario more interesting or leverages an aspect of the platform, or uses a better design pattern to implement the functionality. You can download Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Express for Windows Phone CTP here, and the Expression Blend 4 Beta here. If youre seeing this series for the first time, check out Part 1: Hello World. A note on methodologyin the prior post there was some feedback about lines of code not being a very good metric for this exercise.  I dont really disagree, theres a lot more to this than lines of code but I believe that is a relevant metric, even if its not the ultimate one.  And theres no perfect answer here.  So I am going to continue to report the number of lines of code that I, as a developer would need to write in these apps as a data point, and Ill leave it up to the reader to determine how that fits in with overall complexity, etc.  The first example was so basic that I think it was difficult to talk about in real terms.  I think that as these apps get more complex, the subjective differences in concept count and will be more important.  MoveMe The MoveMe app is the main end-to-end app writing example in the iPhone SDK, called Creating an iPhone Application.  This application demonstrates a few concepts, including handling touch input, how to do animations, and how to do some basic transforms. The behavior of the application is pretty simple.  User touches the button: The button does a throb type animation where it scales up and then back down briefly. User drags the button: After a touch begins, moving the touch point will drag the button around with the touch. User lets go of the button: The button animates back to its original position, but does a few small bounces as it reaches its original point, which makes the app fun and gives it an extra bit of interactivity. Now, how would I write an app that meets this spec for Windows Phone 7 Series, and how hard would it be?  Lets find out!     Implementing the UI Okay, lets build the UI for this application.  In the HelloWorld example, we did all the UI design in Visual Studio and/or by hand in XAML.  In this example, were going to use the Expression Blend 4 Beta. You might be wondering when to use Visual Studio, when to use Blend, and when to do XAML by hand.  Different people will have different takes on this, but heres mine: XAML by hand simple UI that doesnt contain animations, gradients, etc., and or UI that I want to really optimize and craft when I know exactly what I want to do. Visual Studio Basic UI layout, property setting, data binding, etc. Blend Any serious design work needs to be done in Blend, including animations, handling states and transitions, styling and templating, editing resources. As in Part 1, go ahead and fire up Visual Studio 2010 Express for Windows Phone (yes, soon it will take longer to say the name of our products than to start them up!), and create a new Windows Phone Application.  As in Part 1, clear out the XAML from the designer.  An easy way to do this is to just: Click on the design surface Hit Control+A Hit Delete Theres a little bit left over (the Grid.RowDefinitions element), just go ahead and delete that element so were starting with a clean state of only one outer Grid element. To use Blend, we need to save this project.  See, when you create a project with Visual Studio Express, it doesnt commit it to the disk (well, in a place where you can find it, at least) until you actually save the project.  This is handy if youre doing some fooling around, because it doesnt clutter your disk with WindowsPhoneApplication23-like directories.  But its also kind of dangerous, since when you close VS, if you dont save the projectits all gone.  Yes, this has bitten me since I was saving files and didnt remember that, so be careful to save the project/solution via Save All, at least once. So, save and note the location on disk.  Start Expression Blend 4 Beta, and chose File > Open Project/Solution, and load your project.  You should see just about the same thing you saw over in VS: a blank, black designer surface. Now, thinking about this application, we dont really need a button, even though it looks like one.  We never click it.  So were just going to create a visual and use that.  This is also true in the iPhone example above, where the visual is actually not a button either but a jpg image with a nice gradient and round edges.  Well do something simple here that looks pretty good. In Blend, look in the tool pane on the left for the icon that looks like the below (the highlighted one on the left), and hold it down to get the popout menu, and choose Border:    Okay, now draw out a box in the middle of the design surface of about 300x100.  The Properties Pane to the left should show the properties for this item. First, lets make it more visible by giving it a border brush.  Set the BorderBrush to white by clicking BorderBrush and dragging the color selector all the way to the upper right in the palette.  Then, down a bit farther, make the BorderThickness 4 all the way around, and the CornerRadius set to 6. In the Layout section, do the following to Width, Height, Horizontal and Vertical Alignment, and Margin (all 4 margin values): Youll see the outline now is in the middle of the design surface.  Now lets give it a background color.  Above BorderBrush select Background, and click the third tab over: Gradient Brush.  Youll see a gradient slider at the bottom, and if you click the markers, you can edit the gradient stops individually (or add more).  In this case, you can select something you like, but wheres what I chose: Left stop: #BFACCFE2 (I just picked a spot on the palette and set opacity to 75%, no magic here, feel free to fiddle these or just enter these numbers into the hex area and be done with it) Right stop: #FF3E738F Okay, looks pretty good.  Finally set the name of the element in the Name field at the top of the Properties pane to welcome. Now lets add some text.  Just hit T and itll select the TextBlock tool automatically: Now draw out some are inside our welcome visual and type Welcome!, then click on the design surface (to exit text entry mode) and hit V to go back into selection mode (or the top item in the tool pane that looks like a mouse pointer).  Click on the text again to select it in the tool pane.  Just like the border, we want to center this.  So set HorizontalAlignment and VerticalAlignment to Center, and clear the Margins: Thats it for the UI.  Heres how it looks, on the design surface: Not bad!  Okay, now the fun part Adding Animations Using Blend to build animations is a lot of fun, and its easy.  In XAML, I can not only declare elements and visuals, but also I can declare animations that will affect those visuals.  These are called Storyboards. To recap, well be doing two animations: The throb animation when the element is touched The center animation when the element is released after being dragged. The throb animation is just a scale transform, so well do that first.  In the Objects and Timeline Pane (left side, bottom half), click the little + icon to add a new Storyboard called touchStoryboard: The timeline view will appear.  In there, click a bit to the right of 0 to create a keyframe at .2 seconds: Now, click on our welcome element (the Border, not the TextBlock in it), and scroll to the bottom of the Properties Pane.  Open up Transform, click the third tab ("Scale), and set X and Y to 1.2: This all of this says that, at .2 seconds, I want the X and Y size of this element to scale to 1.2. In fact you can see this happen.  Push the Play arrow in the timeline view, and youll see the animation run! Lets make two tweaks.  First, we want the animation to automatically reverse so it scales up then back down nicely. Click in the dropdown that says touchStoryboard in Objects and Timeline, then in the Properties pane check Auto Reverse: Now run it again, and youll see it go both ways. Lets even make it nicer by adding an easing function. First, click on the Render Transform item in the Objects tree, then, in the Property Pane, youll see a bunch of easing functions to choose from.  Feel free to play with this, then seeing how each runs.  I chose Circle In, but some other ones are fun.  Try them out!  Elastic In is kind of fun, but well stick with Circle In.  Thats it for that animation. Now, we also want an animation to move the Border back to its original position when the user ends the touch gesture.  This is exactly the same process as above, but just targeting a different transform property. Create a new animation called releaseStoryboard Select a timeline point at 1.2 seconds. Click on the welcome Border element again Scroll to the Transforms panel at the bottom of the Properties Pane Choose the first tab (Translate), which may already be selected Set both X and Y values to 0.0 (we do this just to make the values stick, because the value is already 0 and we need Blend to know we want to save that value) Click on RenderTransform in the Objects tree In the properties pane, choose Bounce Out Set Bounces to 6, and Bounciness to 4 (feel free to play with these as well) Okay, were done. Note, if you want to test this Storyboard, you have to do something a little tricky because the final value is the same as the initial value, so playing it does nothing.  If you want to play with it, do the following: Next to the selection dropdown, hit the little "x (Close Storyboard) Go to the Translate Transform value for welcome Set X,Y to 50, 200, respectively (or whatever) Select releaseStoryboard again from the dropdown Hit play, see it run Go into the object tree and select RenderTransform to change the easing function. When youre done, hit the Close Storyboard x again and set the values in Transform/Translate back to 0 Wiring Up the Animations Okay, now go back to Visual Studio.  Youll get a prompt due to the modification of MainPage.xaml.  Hit Yes. In the designer, click on the welcome Border element.  In the Property Browser, hit the Events button, then double click each of ManipulationStarted, ManipulationDelta, ManipulationCompleted.  Youll need to flip back to the designer from code, after each double click. Its code time.  Here we go. Here, three event handlers have been created for us: welcome_ManipulationStarted: This will execute when a manipulation begins.  Think of it as MouseDown. welcome_ManipulationDelta: This executes each time a manipulation changes.  Think MouseMove. welcome_ManipulationCompleted: This will  execute when the manipulation ends. Think MouseUp. Now, in ManipuliationStarted, we want to kick off the throb animation that we called touchAnimation.  Thats easy: 1: private void welcome_ManipulationStarted(object sender, ManipulationStartedEventArgs e) 2: { 3: touchStoryboard.Begin(); 4: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Likewise, when the manipulation completes, we want to re-center the welcome visual with our bounce animation: 1: private void welcome_ManipulationCompleted(object sender, ManipulationCompletedEventArgs e) 2: { 3: releaseStoryboard.Begin(); 4: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Note there is actually a way to kick off these animations from Blend directly via something called Triggers, but I think its clearer to show whats going on like this.  A Trigger basically allows you to say When this event fires, trigger this Storyboard, so its the exact same logical process as above, but without the code. But how do we get the object to move?  Well, for that we really dont want an animation because we want it to respond immediately to user input. We do this by directly modifying the transform to match the offset for the manipulation, and then well let the animation bring it back to zero when the manipulation completes.  The manipulation events do a great job of keeping track of all the stuff that you usually had to do yourself when doing drags: where you started from, how far youve moved, etc. So we can easily modify the position as below: 1: private void welcome_ManipulationDelta(object sender, ManipulationDeltaEventArgs e) 2: { 3: CompositeTransform transform = (CompositeTransform)welcome.RenderTransform; 4:   5: transform.TranslateX = e.CumulativeManipulation.Translation.X; 6: transform.TranslateY = e.CumulativeManipulation.Translation.Y; 7: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Thats it! Go ahead and run the app in the emulator.  I suggest running without the debugger, its a little faster (CTRL+F5).  If youve got a machine that supports DirectX 10, youll see nice smooth GPU accelerated graphics, which also what it looks like on the phone, running at about 60 frames per second.  If your machine does not support DX10 (like the laptop Im writing this on!), it wont be quite a smooth so youll have to take my word for it! Comparing Against the iPhone This is an example where the flexibility and power of XAML meets the tooling of Visual Studio and Blend, and the whole experience really shines.  So, for several things that are declarative and 100% toolable with the Windows Phone 7 Series, this example does them with code on the iPhone.  In parens is the lines of code that I count to do these operations. PlacardView.m: 19 total LOC Creating the view that hosts the button-like image and the text Drawing the image that is the background of the button Drawing the Welcome text over the image (I think you could technically do this step and/or the prior one using Interface Builder) MoveMeView.m:  63 total LOC Constructing and running the scale (throb) animation (25) Constructing the path describing the animation back to center plus bounce effect (38) Beyond the code count, yy experience with doing this kind of thing in code is that its VERY time intensive.  When I was a developer back on Windows Forms, doing GDI+ drawing, we did this stuff a lot, and it took forever!  You write some code and even once you get it basically working, you see its not quite right, you go back, tweak the interval, or the math a bit, run it again, etc.  You can take a look at the iPhone code here to judge for yourself.  Scroll down to animatePlacardViewToCenter toward the bottom.  I dont think this code is terribly complicated, but its not what Id call simple and its not at all simple to get right. And then theres a few other lines of code running around for setting up the ViewController and the Views, about 15 lines between MoveMeAppDelegate, PlacardView, and MoveMeView, plus the assorted decls in the h files. Adding those up, I conservatively get something like 100 lines of code (19+63+15+decls) on iPhone that I have to write, by hand, to make this project work. The lines of code that I wrote in the examples above is 5 lines of code on Windows Phone 7 Series. In terms of incremental concept counts beyond the HelloWorld app, heres a shot at that: iPhone: Drawing Images Drawing Text Handling touch events Creating animations Scaling animations Building a path and animating along that Windows Phone 7 Series: Laying out UI in Blend Creating & testing basic animations in Blend Handling touch events Invoking animations from code This was actually the first example I tried converting, even before I did the HelloWorld, and I was pretty surprised.  Some of this is luck that this app happens to match up with the Windows Phone 7 Series platform just perfectly.  In terms of time, I wrote the above application, from scratch, in about 10 minutes.  I dont know how long it would take a very skilled iPhone developer to write MoveMe on that iPhone from scratch, but if I was to write it on Silverlight in the same way (e.g. all via code), I think it would likely take me at least an hour or two to get it all working right, maybe more if I ended up picking the wrong strategy or couldnt get the math right, etc. Making Some Tweaks Silverlight contains a feature called Projections to do a variety of 3D-like effects with a 2D surface. So lets play with that a bit. Go back to Blend and select the welcome Border in the object tree.  In its properties, scroll down to the bottom, open Transform, and see Projection at the bottom.  Set X,Y,Z to 90.  Youll see the element kind of disappear, replaced by a thin blue line. Now Create a new animation called startupStoryboard. Set its key time to .5 seconds in the timeline view Set the projection values above to 0 for X, Y, and Z. Save Go back to Visual Studio, and in the constructor, add the following bold code (lines 7-9 to the constructor: 1: public MainPage() 2: { 3: InitializeComponent(); 4:   5: SupportedOrientations = SupportedPageOrientation.Portrait; 6:   7: this.Loaded += (s, e) => 8: { 9: startupStoryboard.Begin(); 10: }; 11: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } If the code above looks funny, its using something called a lambda in C#, which is an inline anonymous method.  Its just a handy shorthand for creating a handler like the manipulation ones above. So with this youll get a nice 3D looking fly in effect when the app starts up.  Here it is, in flight: Pretty cool!Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Windows 7 intermittently drops wired internet/lan connection.

    - by CraigTP
    In a nutshell, my Windows 7 Ultimate PC intermittently drops it's internet connection. Why? Background: My PC is wired to my ADSL modem/router which is directly connected to the phone line. I also have wireless connectivity turned on within the router for a laptop to connect wirelessly. Every few hours or so, when using my PC, I find I cannot access the internet and pages will not load. Eventually, Windows7 will update the network icon in the task-tray to show the exclamation mark symbol on the network icon. Opening up the Network And Sharing Centre will show the red cross between the "Multiple Networks" and "The Internet". Here's a picture of the "Network And Sharing Centre" (grabbed when everything was working!) As you can see, I'm running Sun's VirtualBox on this machine and that creates a Network connection for itself. This doesn't seem to affect the intermittent dropping (i.e. the intermittent drops occur whether the VirtualBox connection is in use or not). When the connection does drop, I cannot access any internet pages, nor can I access the router's web admin page at http://192.168.1.1/, so I'm assuming I've lost all local LAN access too. It's definitely not the router (or the internet connection itself) as my laptop, using the wireless connection (and running Vista Home Premium) continues to be able to access the internet (and the router's web admin pages) just fine. Every time this happens, I can immediately restore all internet and LAN access by opening Network Adapter page, disabling the "Local Area Connection" and then re-enabling it. Give it a few seconds and everything is fine again. I assume this is because, beneath the GUI, it's effectively doing an "ipconfig /release" then "ipconfig /renew". Why does this happen in the first place, though? I've googled for this and seen quite a few other people (even on MSDN/Technet forums) experiencing the same or almost the same problem, but with no clear resolution. Suggestions of turning off IPv6 on the LAN adapter, and ensuring there's no power management "sleeping" the network adapter have been tried but do not cure the problem. There does not seem to be any particular sequence of events that cause it to happen either. I've had it go twice in 20 minutes when just randomly browsing the web with no other traffic, and I've also had it go once then not go again for 2-3 hours with the same sort of usage. Can anyone tell me why this is happening and how to make it stop? EDIT: Additional information based upon the answer provided so far: Firstly, I forgot the mention that this is Windows 7 64 bit if that makes any difference at all. I mentioned that I don't think the VirtualBox network adpater is causing this problem in any way, and I also have VirtualBox installed on two other machines, one running Vista Home Premium and the other running XP. Neither of these machine experience the same network connectivity issues as the Windows 7 machine. The IP assignment for the Windows 7 machine is the same both before and after the "drop". I have a DHCP server on the router issuing IP Addresses, however my Windows 7 machine uses a static address. Here's the output from "ipconfig": Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection: Connection-specific DNS Suffix . : Description . . . . . . . . . . . : Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller DHCP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . : No Autoconfiguration Enabled . . . . : Yes IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.2(Preferred) Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.1 DNS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.1.1 NetBIOS over Tcpip. . . . . . . . : Enabled Within the system's event logs, the only event that relates to the connection dropping is a "DNS Client Event" and this is generated after the connection has dropped and is an event detailing that DNS information can't be found for whatever website I may be trying to access, just as the connection drops: Log Name: System Source: Microsoft-Windows-DNS-Client Event ID: 1014 Task Category: None Level: Warning Keywords: User: NETWORK SERVICE Description: Name resolution for the name weather.service.msn.com timed out after none of the configured DNS servers responded. The network adapter chipset is Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller and I have confirmed that this is the correct chipset for the motherboard (Asus M4A77TD PRO), and in fact, Windows Update installed an updated driver for this on 12/Jan/2009. The details of the update say that it's a Realtek software update from December 2009. Incidentally, I was still having the same intermittent problems prior to this update. It seems to have made no difference at all. EDIT 2 (1 Feb 2010): In my quest to solve this problem, I have discovered some more interesting information. On another forum, someone suggested that I should try running Windows in "Safe Mode With Networking" and see if the problem continues to occur. This was a fantastic suggestion and I don't know why I didn't think of it sooner myself. So, I proceeded to run in Safe Mode with Networking for a number of hours, and amazingly, the "drops" didn't occur once. It was a positive discovery, however, due to the intermittent nature of the original problem, I wasn't completely convinced that the problem was cured. One thing I did note is that the fan on my GFX card was running alot louder than normal. This is due to the fact that I have an ASUS ENGTS250 graphics card (http://www.asus.com/product.aspx?P_ID=B6imcoax3MRY42f3) which had a known problem with a noisy fan until a BIOS update fixed the issue. (See the "Manufacturer Response" here: http://www.newegg.com/Product/Product.aspx?Item=N82E16814121334 for details). Well, running in safe mode had the fan running (incorrectly) at full speed (as it did before the BIOS update), but with an (apparently) stable network connection. Obviously some driver was not loaded for the GFX card when in Safe Mode so this got me thinking about the GFX card (since the very noisy fan was quite obvious when running in Safe Mode). I rebooted into normal mode, and found that Nvidia had a very up-to-date new driver for my GFX card (only about 1 week old), so I downloaded the appropriate driver and installed it. After installation and a reboot, I was able to use my PC for an entire day with NO NETWORK DROPS!!! This was on Saturday. However, on the Sunday, I also had my PC for pretty much the entire day and experienced 2 network drops. No other changes have been made to my PC in this time. So, the story seems to be that updating my graphics card drivers seems to have improved (if not completely fixed) the issue, however, I'm still searching for a proper fix for this problem. Hopefully, this information may help anyone who may have additional ideas as to why this problem is occuring in the first place. (And why does new GFX card drivers have anything to do with the network?) I appreciate everyone's feedback so far. However, I'll have to ask once more if anyone has any further ideas of how to fix this particular problem? Thanks in advance.

    Read the article

  • Active Directory and Apple's Workgroup Manager

    - by qbn
    I thought I'd share my experiences here. I work for a small business with only ~20 users. I wanted the ability to use managed client preferences to assign things like the software update server. Basically the ability to manage my Macs easily and in a native way. At first I tried the magic triangle solution, but I found this to be very complicated. Not only does it require a Mac OS X Server, but it gives you two points of failure. Additionally each Mac workstation must be bound to both servers. Eventually I sucked it up and went with the schema changes documented here. I was hesitant at first, because the instructions require a lot of manual work. However it was fairly basic and only took me about an hour and a half. Below you'll find the schema changes file that was a result of my work. I followed the instructions exactly and double checked everything, after six months of having this in place things have been running great. Too good to not share. I hope I save someone a couple of hours. # ================================================================== # # This file should be imported with the following command: # ldifde -i -u -f Apple AD Schema Changes.ldf -s server:port -b username domain password -j . -c "cn=Configuration,dc=X" #configurationNamingContext # LDIFDE.EXE from AD/AM V1.0 or above must be used. # This LDIF file should be imported into AD or AD/AM. It may not work for other directories. # # ================================================================== # ================================================================== # Attributes # ================================================================== # Attribute: apple-category dn: cn=apple-category,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.4 ldapDisplayName: apple-category attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: Category for the computer or neighborhood oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-computeralias dn: cn=apple-computeralias,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.3 ldapDisplayName: apple-computeralias attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: XML plist referring to a computer record oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-computer-list-groups dn: cn=apple-computer-list-groups,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.4 ldapDisplayName: apple-computer-list-groups attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: groups oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-computers dn: cn=apple-computers,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.3 ldapDisplayName: apple-computers attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: computers oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-data-stamp dn: cn=apple-data-stamp,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.12.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-data-stamp attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: data stamp oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-dns-domain dn: cn=apple-dns-domain,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.18.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-dns-domain attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: DNS domain oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-dnsname dn: cn=apple-dnsname,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.4 ldapDisplayName: apple-dnsname attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: DNS name oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-dns-nameserver dn: cn=apple-dns-nameserver,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.18.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-dns-nameserver attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: DNS name server list oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-group-homeowner dn: cn=apple-group-homeowner,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.14.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-group-homeowner attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: group home owner settings oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-group-homeurl dn: cn=apple-group-homeurl,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.14.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-group-homeurl attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: group home url oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-imhandle dn: cn=apple-imhandle,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.21 ldapDisplayName: apple-imhandle attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: IM handle (service:account name) oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-keyword dn: cn=apple-keyword,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 ldapDisplayName: apple-keyword attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: keywords oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-mcxflags dn: cn=apple-mcxflags,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 ldapDisplayName: apple-mcxflags attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: mcx flags oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-mcxsettings dn: cn=apple-mcxsettings,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 ldapDisplayName: apple-mcxsettings attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: mcx settings oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-neighborhoodalias dn: cn=apple-neighborhoodalias,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-neighborhoodalias attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: XML plist referring to another neighborhood record oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-networkview dn: cn=apple-networkview,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.3 ldapDisplayName: apple-networkview attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: Network view for the computer oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-nodepathxml dn: cn=apple-nodepathxml,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-nodepathxml attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: XML plist of directory node path oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-service-location dn: cn=apple-service-location,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.5 ldapDisplayName: apple-service-location attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: Service location oMSyntax: 64 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-service-port dn: cn=apple-service-port,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.3 ldapDisplayName: apple-service-port attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.9 adminDescription: Service port number oMSyntax: 2 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-service-type dn: cn=apple-service-type,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-service-type attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: type of service oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-service-url dn: cn=apple-service-url,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.2 ldapDisplayName: apple-service-url attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: URL of service oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-authenticationhint dn: cn=apple-user-authenticationhint,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.15 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-authenticationhint attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: password hint oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-class dn: cn=apple-user-class,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.7 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-class attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: user class oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-homequota dn: cn=apple-user-homequota,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.8 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-homequota attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: home directory quota oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-homesoftquota dn: cn=apple-user-homesoftquota,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.17 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-homesoftquota attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: home directory soft quota oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-homeurl dn: cn=apple-user-homeurl,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.6 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-homeurl attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: home directory URL oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-mailattribute dn: cn=apple-user-mailattribute,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.9 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-mailattribute attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: mail attribute oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-picture dn: cn=apple-user-picture,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.12 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-picture attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: picture oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-user-printattribute dn: cn=apple-user-printattribute,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.13 ldapDisplayName: apple-user-printattribute attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: print attribute oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-webloguri dn: cn=apple-webloguri,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.22 ldapDisplayName: apple-webloguri attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: Weblog URI oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: apple-xmlplist dn: cn=apple-xmlplist,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-xmlplist attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: XML plist data oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: ipHostNumber dn: cn=ipHostNumber,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.19 ldapDisplayName: ipHostNumber attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: IP address oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE rangeUpper: 128 # Attribute: macAddress dn: cn=macAddress,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.22 ldapDisplayName: macAddress attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: MAC address oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE rangeUpper: 128 # Attribute: mountDirectory dn: cn=apple-mountDirectory,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.1 ldapDisplayName: mountDirectory attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.12 adminDescription: mount path oMSyntax: 64 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: mountDumpFrequency dn: cn=apple-mountDumpFrequency,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.4 ldapDisplayName: mountDumpFrequency attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: mount dump frequency oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: mountOption dn: cn=apple-mountOption,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.3 ldapDisplayName: mountOption attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: mount options oMSyntax: 22 systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: mountPassNo dn: cn=apple-mountPassNo,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.5 ldapDisplayName: mountPassNo attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: mount passno oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: mountType dn: cn=apple-mountType,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.2 ldapDisplayName: mountType attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.5 adminDescription: mount VFS type oMSyntax: 22 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE # Attribute: ttl dn: cn=ttl,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: attributeSchema attributeId: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 ldapDisplayName: ttl attributeSyntax: 2.5.5.9 oMSyntax: 2 isSingleValued: TRUE systemOnly: FALSE dn: changetype: modify add: schemaUpdateNow schemaUpdateNow: 1 - # ================================================================== # Classes # ================================================================== # Class: apple-computer dn: cn=apple-computer,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.10 ldapDisplayName: apple-computer adminDescription: computer objectClassCategory: 3 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-category mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.4 # mayContain: apple-computer-list-groups mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.4 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-mcxflags mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 # mayContain: apple-mcxsettings mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 # mayContain: apple-networkview mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.3 # mayContain: apple-service-url mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.2 # mayContain: apple-xmlplist mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 # mayContain: macAddress mayContain: 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.22 # mayContain: ttl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 # Class: apple-computer-list dn: cn=apple-computer-list,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.11 ldapDisplayName: apple-computer-list adminDescription: computer list objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-computer-list-groups mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.4 # mayContain: apple-computers mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.11.3 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-mcxflags mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 # mayContain: apple-mcxsettings mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-configuration dn: cn=apple-configuration,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.12 ldapDisplayName: apple-configuration adminDescription: configuration objectClassCategory: 3 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-data-stamp mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.12.2 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-xmlplist mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 # mayContain: ttl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-group dn: cn=apple-group,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.14 ldapDisplayName: apple-group adminDescription: group account objectClassCategory: 3 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-group-homeowner mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.14.2 # mayContain: apple-group-homeurl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.14.1 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-mcxflags mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 # mayContain: apple-mcxsettings mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 # mayContain: apple-user-picture mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.12 # mayContain: ttl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 # Class: apple-location dn: cn=apple-location,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.18 ldapDisplayName: apple-location objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-dns-domain mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.18.1 # mayContain: apple-dns-nameserver mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.18.2 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-neighborhood dn: cn=apple-neighborhood,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.20 ldapDisplayName: apple-neighborhood objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-category mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.10.4 # mayContain: apple-computeralias mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.3 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-neighborhoodalias mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.2 # mayContain: apple-nodepathxml mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.20.1 # mayContain: apple-xmlplist mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 # mayContain: ttl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.250.1.60 possSuperiors: 2.5.6.5 possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-serverassistant-config dn: cn=apple-serverassistant-config,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.17 ldapDisplayName: apple-serverassistant-config objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-xmlplist mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.17.1 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-service dn: cn=apple-service,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.19 ldapDisplayName: apple-service objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mustContain: apple-service-type mustContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.1 # mayContain: apple-dnsname mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.4 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-service-location mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.5 # mayContain: apple-service-port mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.3 # mayContain: apple-service-url mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.19.2 # mayContain: ipHostNumber mayContain: 1.3.6.1.1.1.1.19 possSuperiors: organizationalUnit possSuperiors: container # Class: apple-user dn: cn=apple-user,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.1 ldapDisplayName: apple-user adminDescription: apple user account objectClassCategory: 3 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: apple-imhandle mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.21 # mayContain: apple-keyword mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.19 # mayContain: apple-mcxflags mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.10 # mayContain: apple-mcxsettings mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.16 # mayContain: apple-user-authenticationhint mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.15 # mayContain: apple-user-class mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.7 # mayContain: apple-user-homequota mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.8 # mayContain: apple-user-homesoftquota mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.17 # mayContain: apple-user-homeurl mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.6 # mayContain: apple-user-mailattribute mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.9 # mayContain: apple-user-picture mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.12 # mayContain: apple-user-printattribute mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.13 # mayContain: apple-webloguri mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.1.22 # Class: mount dn: cn=apple-mount,cn=Schema,cn=Configuration,dc=X changetype: ntdsschemaadd objectClass: classSchema governsID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.2.8 ldapDisplayName: mount objectClassCategory: 1 # subclassOf: top subclassOf: 2.5.6.0 # rdnAttId: cn rdnAttId: 2.5.4.3 # mayContain: mountDirectory mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.1 # mayContain: mountDumpFrequency mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.4 # mayContain: mountOption mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.3 # mayContain: mountPassNo mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.5 # mayContain: mountType mayContain: 1.3.6.1.4.1.63.1000.1.1.1.8.2 possSuperiors: 2.5.6.5 possSuperiors: container dn: changetype: modify add: schemaUpdateNow schemaUpdateNow: 1 - # ================================================================== # Updating present elements # ================================================================== # Add the new class to the user object dn: CN=User,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=X changetype: modify add: auxiliaryClass auxiliaryClass: apple-user - # Add the new class to the computer object dn: CN=Computer,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=X changetype: modify add: auxiliaryClass auxiliaryClass: apple-computer - # Add the new class to the group object dn: CN=Group,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=X changetype: modify add: auxiliaryClass auxiliaryClass: apple-group - # Add the new class to the configuration object dn: CN=Configuration,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=X changetype: modify add: auxiliaryClass auxiliaryClass: apple-configuration -

    Read the article

  • Linux e1000e (Intel networking driver) problems galore, where do I start?

    - by Evan Carroll
    I'm currently having a major problem with e1000e (not working at all) in Ubuntu Maverick (1.0.2-k4), after resume I'm getting a lot of stuff in dmesg: [ 9085.820197] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: PCI INT A disabled [ 9089.907756] e1000e: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver - 1.0.2-k4 [ 9089.907762] e1000e: Copyright (c) 1999 - 2009 Intel Corporation. [ 9089.907797] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L1 [ 9089.907827] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 9089.907857] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 9089.908529] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9089.908922] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L0s [ 9089.908954] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: (unregistered net_device): PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session. [ 9090.024625] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: (PCI Express:2.5GB/s:Width x1) 00:0a:e4:3e:ce:74 [ 9090.024630] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Connection [ 9090.024712] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: MAC: 2, PHY: 2, PBA No: 005302-003 [ 9090.109492] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9090.164219] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X and, a bunch of [ 2128.005447] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Detected Hardware Unit Hang: [ 2128.005452] TDH <89> [ 2128.005454] TDT <27> [ 2128.005456] next_to_use <27> [ 2128.005458] next_to_clean <88> [ 2128.005460] buffer_info[next_to_clean]: [ 2128.005463] time_stamp <6e608> [ 2128.005465] next_to_watch <8a> [ 2128.005467] jiffies <6f929> [ 2128.005469] next_to_watch.status <0> [ 2128.005471] MAC Status <80080703> [ 2128.005473] PHY Status <796d> [ 2128.005475] PHY 1000BASE-T Status <4000> [ 2128.005477] PHY Extended Status <3000> [ 2128.005480] PCI Status <10> I decided to compile the latest stable e1000e to 1.2.17, now I'm getting: [ 9895.678050] e1000e: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver - 1.2.17-NAPI [ 9895.678055] e1000e: Copyright(c) 1999 - 2010 Intel Corporation. [ 9895.678098] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L1 [ 9895.678129] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 9895.678162] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 9895.679136] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9895.679160] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L0s [ 9895.679192] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: (unregistered net_device): PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session. [ 9895.791758] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: (PCI Express:2.5GB/s:Width x1) 00:0a:e4:3e:ce:74 [ 9895.791766] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Connection [ 9895.791850] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: MAC: 3, PHY: 2, PBA No: 005302-003 [ 9895.892464] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9895.948175] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9895.949111] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready [ 9895.954694] e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Up 10 Mbps Full Duplex, Flow Control: RX/TX [ 9895.954703] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: 10/100 speed: disabling TSO [ 9895.955157] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready [ 9906.832056] eth0: no IPv6 routers present With 1.2.20 I get: [ 9711.525465] e1000e: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver - 1.2.20-NAPI [ 9711.525472] e1000e: Copyright(c) 1999 - 2010 Intel Corporation. [ 9711.525521] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L1 [ 9711.525554] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 9711.525586] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 9711.526460] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 45 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9711.526487] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: Disabling ASPM L0s [ 9711.526523] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: (unregistered net_device): PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session. [ 9711.639763] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: (PCI Express:2.5GB/s:Width x1) 00:0a:e4:3e:ce:74 [ 9711.639771] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Connection [ 9711.639854] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: MAC: 3, PHY: 2, PBA No: 005302-003 [ 9712.060770] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 45 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9712.116195] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: irq 45 for MSI/MSI-X [ 9712.117098] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready [ 9712.122684] e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Up 100 Mbps Full Duplex, Flow Control: RX/TX [ 9712.122693] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: 10/100 speed: disabling TSO [ 9712.123142] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready [ 9722.920014] eth0: no IPv6 routers present But, I'm still getting these [ 9982.992851] PCI Status <10> [ 9984.993602] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Detected Hardware Unit Hang: [ 9984.993606] TDH <5d> [ 9984.993608] TDT <6b> [ 9984.993611] next_to_use <6b> [ 9984.993613] next_to_clean <5b> [ 9984.993615] buffer_info[next_to_clean]: [ 9984.993617] time_stamp <24da80> [ 9984.993619] next_to_watch <5d> [ 9984.993621] jiffies <24f200> [ 9984.993624] next_to_watch.status <0> [ 9984.993626] MAC Status <80080703> [ 9984.993628] PHY Status <796d> [ 9984.993630] PHY 1000BASE-T Status <4000> [ 9984.993632] PHY Extended Status <3000> [ 9984.993635] PCI Status <10> [ 9986.001047] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: Reset adapter [ 9986.176202] e1000e: eth0 NIC Link is Up 10 Mbps Full Duplex, Flow Control: RX/TX [ 9986.176211] e1000e 0000:02:00.0: eth0: 10/100 speed: disabling TSO I'm not sure where to start troubleshooting this. Any ideas? Here is the result of ethtool -d eth0 MAC Registers ------------- 0x00000: CTRL (Device control register) 0x18100248 Endian mode (buffers): little Link reset: reset Set link up: 1 Invert Loss-Of-Signal: no Receive flow control: enabled Transmit flow control: enabled VLAN mode: disabled Auto speed detect: disabled Speed select: 1000Mb/s Force speed: no Force duplex: no 0x00008: STATUS (Device status register) 0x80080703 Duplex: full Link up: link config TBI mode: disabled Link speed: 10Mb/s Bus type: PCI Express Port number: 0 0x00100: RCTL (Receive control register) 0x04048002 Receiver: enabled Store bad packets: disabled Unicast promiscuous: disabled Multicast promiscuous: disabled Long packet: disabled Descriptor minimum threshold size: 1/2 Broadcast accept mode: accept VLAN filter: enabled Canonical form indicator: disabled Discard pause frames: filtered Pass MAC control frames: don't pass Receive buffer size: 2048 0x02808: RDLEN (Receive desc length) 0x00001000 0x02810: RDH (Receive desc head) 0x00000001 0x02818: RDT (Receive desc tail) 0x000000F0 0x02820: RDTR (Receive delay timer) 0x00000000 0x00400: TCTL (Transmit ctrl register) 0x3103F0FA Transmitter: enabled Pad short packets: enabled Software XOFF Transmission: disabled Re-transmit on late collision: enabled 0x03808: TDLEN (Transmit desc length) 0x00001000 0x03810: TDH (Transmit desc head) 0x00000000 0x03818: TDT (Transmit desc tail) 0x00000000 0x03820: TIDV (Transmit delay timer) 0x00000008 PHY type: IGP2 and ethtool -c eth0 Coalesce parameters for eth0: Adaptive RX: off TX: off stats-block-usecs: 0 sample-interval: 0 pkt-rate-low: 0 pkt-rate-high: 0 rx-usecs: 3 rx-frames: 0 rx-usecs-irq: 0 rx-frames-irq: 0 tx-usecs: 0 tx-frames: 0 tx-usecs-irq: 0 tx-frames-irq: 0 rx-usecs-low: 0 rx-frame-low: 0 tx-usecs-low: 0 tx-frame-low: 0 rx-usecs-high: 0 rx-frame-high: 0 tx-usecs-high: 0 tx-frame-high: 0 Here is also the lspci -vvv for this controller 02:00.0 Ethernet controller: Intel Corporation 82573L Gigabit Ethernet Controller Subsystem: Lenovo ThinkPad X60s Control: I/O+ Mem+ BusMaster+ SpecCycle- MemWINV- VGASnoop- ParErr- Stepping- SERR+ FastB2B- DisINTx+ Status: Cap+ 66MHz- UDF- FastB2B- ParErr- DEVSEL=fast >TAbort- <TAbort- <MAbort- >SERR- <PERR- INTx- Latency: 0, Cache Line Size: 64 bytes Interrupt: pin A routed to IRQ 45 Region 0: Memory at ee000000 (32-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=128K] Region 2: I/O ports at 2000 [size=32] Capabilities: [c8] Power Management version 2 Flags: PMEClk- DSI+ D1- D2- AuxCurrent=0mA PME(D0+,D1-,D2-,D3hot+,D3cold+) Status: D0 NoSoftRst- PME-Enable- DSel=0 DScale=1 PME- Capabilities: [d0] MSI: Enable+ Count=1/1 Maskable- 64bit+ Address: 00000000fee0300c Data: 415a Capabilities: [e0] Express (v1) Endpoint, MSI 00 DevCap: MaxPayload 256 bytes, PhantFunc 0, Latency L0s <512ns, L1 <64us ExtTag- AttnBtn- AttnInd- PwrInd- RBE- FLReset- DevCtl: Report errors: Correctable+ Non-Fatal+ Fatal+ Unsupported+ RlxdOrd+ ExtTag- PhantFunc- AuxPwr- NoSnoop+ MaxPayload 128 bytes, MaxReadReq 512 bytes DevSta: CorrErr- UncorrErr- FatalErr- UnsuppReq- AuxPwr+ TransPend- LnkCap: Port #0, Speed 2.5GT/s, Width x1, ASPM L0s L1, Latency L0 <128ns, L1 <64us ClockPM+ Surprise- LLActRep- BwNot- LnkCtl: ASPM Disabled; RCB 64 bytes Disabled- Retrain- CommClk+ ExtSynch- ClockPM+ AutWidDis- BWInt- AutBWInt- LnkSta: Speed 2.5GT/s, Width x1, TrErr- Train- SlotClk+ DLActive- BWMgmt- ABWMgmt- Capabilities: [100 v1] Advanced Error Reporting UESta: DLP- SDES- TLP- FCP- CmpltTO- CmpltAbrt- UnxCmplt- RxOF- MalfTLP- ECRC- UnsupReq+ ACSViol- UEMsk: DLP- SDES- TLP- FCP- CmpltTO- CmpltAbrt- UnxCmplt- RxOF- MalfTLP- ECRC- UnsupReq- ACSViol- UESvrt: DLP+ SDES- TLP- FCP+ CmpltTO- CmpltAbrt- UnxCmplt- RxOF+ MalfTLP+ ECRC- UnsupReq- ACSViol- CESta: RxErr- BadTLP- BadDLLP- Rollover- Timeout- NonFatalErr- CEMsk: RxErr- BadTLP- BadDLLP- Rollover- Timeout- NonFatalErr- AERCap: First Error Pointer: 14, GenCap- CGenEn- ChkCap- ChkEn- Capabilities: [140 v1] Device Serial Number 00-0a-e4-ff-ff-3e-ce-74 Kernel driver in use: e1000e Kernel modules: e1000e I filed a bug on this upstream, still no idea how to get more useful information. Here is a the result of the running that script EEPROM FIX UPDATE $ sudo bash fixeep-82573-dspd.sh eth0 eth0: is a "82573L Gigabit Ethernet Controller" This fixup is applicable to your hardware Your eeprom is up to date, no changes were made Do I still need to do anything? Also here is my EEPROM dump $ sudo ethtool -e eth0 Offset Values ------ ------ 0x0000 00 0a e4 3e ce 74 30 0b b2 ff 51 00 ff ff ff ff 0x0010 53 00 03 02 6b 02 7e 20 aa 17 9a 10 86 80 df 80 0x0020 00 00 00 20 54 7e 00 00 14 00 da 00 04 00 00 27 0x0030 c9 6c 50 31 3e 07 0b 04 8b 29 00 00 00 f0 02 0f 0x0040 08 10 00 00 04 0f ff 7f 01 4d ff ff ff ff ff ff 0x0050 14 00 1d 00 14 00 1d 00 af aa 1e 00 00 00 1d 00 0x0060 00 01 00 40 1f 12 07 40 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 0x0070 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 4a e0 I'd also like to note that I used eth0 every day for years and until recently never had an issue.

    Read the article

  • WD MBWE II (White Strip Light) 2TB - unable to access data

    - by user210477
    I have a WD MBWE II (White Strip Light) 2TB - (WD20000H2NC-00) Was working fine until a few days ago. I guess there was a power failure and after that I am unable to access the 'Public' or the 'Download' folder anymore. I have been searching for answers everywhere but came up empty handed. Web GUI still works, SSH works. I hooked up both the drives on my PC and UFS Explorer sees the drive. But so far I am unable to retrieve any of my data. I do not remember what RAID setting I used when I first got the drive. I can see from GUI that it is set as "Stripe". The drive contains 10 years of family pictures which I really do not want to loose. Sadly and stupidly, I didn't even keep a backup of this drive. Can somebody please help or point me in the right direction. Thank you in advance for your help. Disk Utility on Ubuntu reports 1405 bad sectors on one drive. How can I retrieve my data? Please help. Logs below: ~ # mdadm --detail /dev/md[012345678] /dev/md0: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Wed Jul 15 08:36:17 2009 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 1959872 (1914.26 MiB 2006.91 MB) Used Dev Size : 1959872 (1914.26 MiB 2006.91 MB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 0 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Fri Nov 1 13:53:29 2013 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : 04f7a661:98983b3b:26b29e4f:9b646adb Events : 0.266 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 1 0 active sync /dev/sda1 1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1 /dev/md1: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Wed Jul 15 08:36:18 2009 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 256896 (250.92 MiB 263.06 MB) Used Dev Size : 256896 (250.92 MiB 263.06 MB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 1 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Wed Oct 30 22:08:21 2013 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : aaa7b859:c475312d:efc5a766:6526b867 Events : 0.10 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 2 0 active sync /dev/sda2 1 8 18 1 active sync /dev/sdb2 /dev/md2: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Sat Sep 25 10:01:26 2010 Raid Level : raid0 Array Size : 1947045760 (1856.85 GiB 1993.77 GB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 2 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Fri Nov 1 13:30:53 2013 State : active Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 Chunk Size : 64K UUID : 01dae60a:6831077b:77f74530:8680c183 Events : 0.97 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 4 0 active sync /dev/sda4 1 8 20 1 active sync /dev/sdb4 /dev/md3: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Wed Jul 15 08:36:18 2009 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 987904 (964.91 MiB 1011.61 MB) Used Dev Size : 987904 (964.91 MiB 1011.61 MB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 3 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Fri Nov 1 13:26:33 2013 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : 3f4099f2:72e6171b:5ba962fd:48464a62 Events : 0.54 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 3 0 active sync /dev/sda3 1 8 19 1 active sync /dev/sdb3 mdadm: md device /dev/md4 does not appear to be active. mdadm: md device /dev/md5 does not appear to be active. mdadm: md device /dev/md6 does not appear to be active. mdadm: md device /dev/md7 does not appear to be active. mdadm: md device /dev/md8 does not appear to be active. ~ # cat /etc/mtab securityfs /sys/kernel/security securityfs rw 0 0 /dev/md2 /DataVolume xfs rw,usrquota 0 0 /dev/md4 /ExtendVolume xfs rw,usrquota 0 0 ~ # df -k Filesystem 1k-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /dev/md0 1929044 145092 1685960 8% / /dev/md3 972344 123452 799500 13% /var /dev/ram0 63412 20 63392 0% /mnt/ram ~ # mdadm -D /dev/md2 /dev/md2: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Sat Sep 25 10:01:26 2010 Raid Level : raid0 Array Size : 1947045760 (1856.85 GiB 1993.77 GB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 2 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Fri Nov 1 13:30:53 2013 State : active Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 Chunk Size : 64K UUID : 01dae60a:6831077b:77f74530:8680c183 Events : 0.97 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 4 0 active sync /dev/sda4 1 8 20 1 active sync /dev/sdb4 ~ # mdadm -D /dev/md4 mdadm: md device /dev/md4 does not appear to be active. ~ # mount /dev/root on / type ext3 (rw,noatime,data=ordered) proc on /proc type proc (rw) sys on /sys type sysfs (rw) /dev/pts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw) securityfs on /sys/kernel/security type securityfs (rw) /dev/md3 on /var type ext3 (rw,noatime,data=ordered) /dev/ram0 on /mnt/ram type tmpfs (rw) ~ # cat /var/log/messages Oct 29 18:04:50 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 29 18:04:59 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 29 18:04:59 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 29 18:17:45 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 29 18:17:53 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 29 18:17:53 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 00:50:11 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 00:50:19 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 00:50:19 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 16:29:47 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 16:30:00 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 16:30:00 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 18:27:22 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 18:27:30 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 18:27:30 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 19:06:03 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 19:06:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 19:06:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3462]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 19:14:58 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3462]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 30 19:20:05 shmotashNAS daemon.alert wixEvent[3462]: Thermal Alarm - System temperature exceeded threshold.(66 degrees) Oct 30 19:58:29 shmotashNAS daemon.alert wixEvent[3462]: HDD SMART - HDD 1 SMART Health Status: Failed. Oct 30 22:05:39 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 13043, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 30 22:05:39 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Oct 30 22:08:09 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Oct 30 22:08:09 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:08:19 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:08:25 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:08:37 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:08:44 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:08:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:10:30 - 22:08:46 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Oct 30 22:08:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Oct 30 22:08:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ****** database does not exist. ret = -1, creating path Oct 30 22:08:49 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Oct 30 22:08:50 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Oct 30 22:08:51 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Oct 30 22:08:51 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Oct 30 22:08:51 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Oct 30 22:08:52 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Oct 30 22:08:52 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Oct 30 22:08:57 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:08:57 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:08:57 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:08:57 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:09:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4605, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Oct 30 22:09:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4607, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Oct 30 22:09:10 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: System Startup - System startup. Oct 30 22:09:16 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 30 22:14:14 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:14:21 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:14:21 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3557]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:29:36 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3557]: System Reboot - System will reboot. Oct 30 22:29:40 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 5974, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 30 22:29:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Oct 30 22:47:56 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Oct 30 22:47:56 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3461]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is down. Oct 30 22:48:02 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3461]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 22:48:02 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3461]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 22:48:09 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:10:30 - 22:48:09 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Oct 30 22:48:09 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Oct 30 22:48:09 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ++++++++ database exists: ret = 0 Oct 30 22:48:10 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Oct 30 22:48:10 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Oct 30 22:48:11 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Oct 30 22:48:27 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4079, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Oct 30 22:48:27 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4080, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Oct 30 22:48:28 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3461]: System Startup - System startup. Oct 30 22:49:01 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3461]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 30 23:51:11 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3461]: System Reboot - System will reboot. Oct 30 23:51:16 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 6498, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 30 23:51:16 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Oct 30 23:54:19 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Oct 30 23:55:37 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3476]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 30 23:55:37 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3476]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 30 23:55:44 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:10:30 - 23:55:44 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Oct 30 23:55:44 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Oct 30 23:55:44 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ++++++++ database exists: ret = 0 Oct 30 23:55:45 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Oct 30 23:55:45 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Oct 30 23:55:46 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Oct 30 23:55:58 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4115, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Oct 30 23:55:58 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4116, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Oct 30 23:55:58 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3476]: System Startup - System startup. Oct 30 23:56:33 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3476]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 31 00:29:14 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5409]: Server listening on 0.0.0.0 port 22. Oct 31 00:31:25 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5486]: Accepted password for root from 192.168.1.100 port 50785 ssh2 Oct 31 00:33:44 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5565]: Accepted password for root from 192.168.1.100 port 50817 ssh2 Oct 31 00:36:39 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 5680, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 31 00:36:39 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Oct 31 00:40:44 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Oct 31 00:40:51 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3464]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Oct 31 00:40:51 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3464]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Oct 31 00:41:00 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:10:31 - 00:41:00 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Oct 31 00:41:00 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Oct 31 00:41:00 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ++++++++ database exists: ret = 0 Oct 31 00:41:00 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Oct 31 00:41:01 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Oct 31 00:41:02 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Oct 31 00:41:14 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4101, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Oct 31 00:41:14 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4102, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Oct 31 00:41:15 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3464]: System Startup - System startup. Oct 31 00:41:47 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3464]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Oct 31 01:13:19 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 5385, console /dev/null: '/usr/bin/killall' Oct 31 01:13:19 shmotashNAS syslog.info System log daemon exiting. Nov 1 13:26:25 shmotashNAS syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox v1.1.1 Nov 1 13:26:32 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3471]: Network Link - NIC 1 link is up 100 Mbps full duplex. Nov 1 13:26:32 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3471]: Network IP Address - NIC 1 use static IP address 192.168.1.102 Nov 1 13:26:38 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: +++++++++++++++ START OF ./miocrawler at 2013:11:01 - 13:26:38 [Version 01.09.00.96] ++++++++++++++ Nov 1 13:26:38 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_db_init ... Nov 1 13:26:38 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: ++++++++ database exists: ret = 0 Nov 1 13:26:39 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_db_init ...Done. Nov 1 13:26:39 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mcUtilsInit() Creating free queue pool Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mcUtilsInit() Done. Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === inotify init done. Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: mc_trans_updater_init() ... Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === mc_trans_updater_init() ...Done. Nov 1 13:26:40 shmotashNAS syslog.info miocrawler: === Walking directory done. Nov 1 13:26:52 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4078, console /dev/null: '/bin/touch' Nov 1 13:26:52 shmotashNAS daemon.info init: Starting pid 4079, console /dev/ttyS0: '/sbin/getty' Nov 1 13:26:52 shmotashNAS daemon.info wixEvent[3471]: System Startup - System startup. Nov 1 13:27:28 shmotashNAS daemon.warn wixEvent[3471]: Media Server - Media Server cannot find the path to one or more of the default folders: /Public/Shared Music, /Public/Shared Pictures or /Public/Shared Videos. Please verify that these folders have not been removed or that the names have not been changed. Nov 1 13:44:48 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5375]: Accepted password for root from 192.168.1.103 port 50217 ssh2 Nov 1 13:51:08 shmotashNAS auth.info sshd[5894]: Accepted password for root from 192.168.1.103 port 50380 ssh2

    Read the article

  • webserver horrible slow, sometimes incredible fast

    - by dhanke
    i am running a small community ( 6000+ Members ) on a non-virtual 64-bit ubuntu 11.04 system. I am not a Linux-pro, not even advanced, i just tried to setup a webserver, which does nothing special actually. Delivering some dynamic PHP and RoR websites is its task. So it might be that my configuration files do look horrible bad. Also, i might use the wrong vocabulary, so in doubt, please ask. Having a current all-time record of 520 registered users (board-accounts, no system-users) online at same time, average server-load is about 2.0 - 5.0. Meantime (~250 users) average server load value is at about 0.4 - 0.8, sometimes, on some expensive searches a bit higher. everything fine. From time to time however, the load increases up to 120 (120.0, not 12.0 ;) ). In this time, its hard to even connect via SSH, but when i reach the server, and use top/htop/iotop to see whats happening, i cannot identify any process causing high CPU load. iotop tells me about a current reading/writing speed of about approx. 70kb/s, which is quite equal to power-off i think. Memory-Usage is max. at ~ 12GB of 16GB, so swap remains empty. now the odd (at least for me:) waiting some minutes ( since i always get a bit into a panic when this happens, it feels like 5 minutes, but i suppose its more like 20-30 minutes) and the server is back to normal. everything continues as normal. another odd fact: when i run hdparm -tT /dev/sda, i get answer like: /dev/sda: Timing cached reads: 7180 MB in 2.00 seconds = 3591.13 MB/sec Timing buffered disk reads: 348 MB in 3.02 seconds = 115.41 MB/sec when i run the same command while the server is "frozen", the answer is like /dev/sda: <- takes about 5 minutes until this line appears Timing cached reads: 7180 MB in 2.00 seconds = 3591.13 MB/sec <- 5 more minutes Timing buffered disk reads: 348 MB in 3.02 seconds = 115.41 MB/sec <- another 5 minutes so the values are the same, but the quoted time is completely wrong. using time command as prefix also tells me that ~ 15 minutes were used. I searched in dmesg, /var/log/[messages|syslog] - nothing found. /var/log/errors however tells me that: Jul 4 20:28:30 localhost kernel: [19080.671415] INFO: task php5-fpm:27728 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Jul 4 20:28:30 localhost kernel: [19080.671419] "echo 0 /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. multiple times. now that message does tell me that php5-fpm task was blocked or did block ? - but not if that is the cause or just one of the results of that "freeze". Anyone? to cut the long story short, i dont know where even to start analyzing. So if you can give me any advice by looking at following specs and configs, or ask me to provide more information, i`d be glad. Specs: 6 Core AMD Phenom(tm) II X6 1055T Processor * 16 Gigabyte Ram 2x 1.5 TB Seagate ST1500DL003-9VT16L via SATA 3 via SoftwareRaid (i suppose) Services: (due to service --status-all, those with [ + ]) nginx Webserver 1.0.14 mySQL 5.1.63 Server Ruby on Rails 2.3.11 ( passenger-nginx-module ) php5-fpm 5.3.6-13ubuntu3.7 SSH ido2db Further services: default crontab + nightly backup. syslog-ng Website consists of 2 subdomains, forum. and www. where forum is a phpBB3.x PHP-Board, and www a Ruby on Rails 2.3.11 application (portal). Mini-Note: sometimes i notice that the forum is pretty slow, in contrast to the always-fast (except for this "freeze") portal. Both share the same Database, but the portal is using it read-only. The Webserver is nginx, using phusion passenger module to communicate with the ruby-application. Also, for the forum it communicates with php5-fpm via socket: relevant nginx configuration parts ( with comments/questions starting by ; ) ; in case of freeze due to too high Filesystem activity, maybe adding a limit? #worker_rlimit_nofile 50000; user www-data; ; 6 cores, so i read 6 fits. maybe already wrong? worker_processes 6; pid /var/run/nginx.pid; events { worker_connections 1024; } http { passenger_root /var/lib/gems/1.8/gems/passenger-3.0.11; passenger_ruby /usr/bin/ruby1.8; ; the forum once featured a chat, which was working w/o websockets. ; so it was a hell of pull requests (deactivated now, freeze still happening) keepalive_timeout 65; keepalive_requests 50; gzip on; server { listen 80; server_name www.domain.tld; root /var/www/domain/rails/public; passenger_enabled on; } server { listen 80; server_name forum.domain.tld; location / { root /var/www/domain/forum; index index.php; } ; satic stuff to be handled by nginx location ~* ^/style/.+.(jpg|jpeg|gif|css|png|js|ico|xml)$ { access_log off; expires 30d; root /var/www/domain/forum/; } ; now the php magic, note the "backend"-fcgi_pass location ~ .php$ { fastcgi_split_path_info ^(.+\.php)(.*)$; fastcgi_pass backend; fastcgi_index index.php; fastcgi_param SCRIPT_FILENAME /var/www/domain/forum$fastcgi_script_name; include fastcgi_params; fastcgi_param QUERY_STRING $query_string; fastcgi_param REQUEST_METHOD $request_method; fastcgi_param CONTENT_TYPE $content_type; fastcgi_param CONTENT_LENGTH $content_length; fastcgi_intercept_errors on; fastcgi_ignore_client_abort off; fastcgi_connect_timeout 60; fastcgi_send_timeout 180; fastcgi_read_timeout 180; fastcgi_buffer_size 128k; fastcgi_buffers 256 16k; fastcgi_busy_buffers_size 256k; fastcgi_temp_file_write_size 256k; fastcgi_max_temp_file_size 0; } location ~ /\.ht { deny all; } } ;the php5-fpm socket. i read that /dev/shm/ whould be the fastes place for this. bad idea in general? upstream backend { server unix:/dev/shm/phpfpm; } ... } php5-fpm settings (i changed this values due to php5-fpm error log messages higher and higher.. (freeze-problem was there before as well)* listen = /dev/shm/phpfpm user = www-data group = www-data pm = dynamic ; holy, 4000! well, shinking this value to earth-level gave me ; 100s of 502 bad gateway commands. this values were quite stable. ; since there are only max 520 users online i dont get it, why i would need ; as many children as configured here. due to keep-alive maybe? ; asking questions is easier for me since restarting server will make ; my community-members angry ;) pm.max_children = 4000 pm.start_servers = 100 pm.min_spare_servers = 50 pm.max_spare_servers = 150 pm.max_requests = 10 pm.status_path = /status ping.path = /ping ping.response = pong slowlog = log/$pool.log.slow ;should i use rlimit? ;rlimit_files = 1024 chdir = / mysql/my.cnf [client] port = 3306 socket = /var/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock [mysqld_safe] socket = /var/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock nice = 0 [mysqld] user = mysql socket = /var/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock port = 3306 basedir = /usr datadir = /var/lib/mysql tmpdir = /tmp skip-external-locking bind-address = 127.0.0.1 key_buffer = 16M max_allowed_packet = 16M thread_stack = 192K thread_cache_size = 8 myisam-recover = BACKUP ; high number, but less gives some phpBB errors. max_connections = 450 table_cache = 512 ; i read twice the cpu cores, bad? thread_concurrency = 12 join_buffer_size = 2084K concurrent_insert = 3 query_cache_limit = 64M query_cache_size = 512M query_cache_type = 1 log_error = /var/log/mysql/error.log log_slow_queries = /var/log/mysql/mysql-slow.log long_query_time = 2 expire_logs_days = 10 max_binlog_size = 100M low_priority_updates=1 [mysqldump] quick quote-names max_allowed_packet = 16M [isamchk] key_buffer = 16M !includedir /etc/mysql/conf.d/ I used smartctl already, hdds seem to be fine. /proc/mdstatus quotes: Personalities : [raid1] [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] [raid10] md3 : active raid1 sda3[1] 1459264192 blocks [2/1] [_U] md1 : active raid1 sda1[0] 3911680 blocks [2/1] [U_] unused devices: ulimit -a core file size (blocks, -c) 0 data seg size (kbytes, -d) unlimited scheduling priority (-e) 0 file size (blocks, -f) unlimited pending signals (-i) 127727 max locked memory (kbytes, -l) 64 max memory size (kbytes, -m) unlimited open files (-n) 1024 pipe size (512 bytes, -p) 8 POSIX message queues (bytes, -q) 819200 real-time priority (-r) 0 stack size (kbytes, -s) 8192 cpu time (seconds, -t) unlimited max user processes (-u) 127727 virtual memory (kbytes, -v) unlimited file locks (-x) unlimited I quote some questions in my configuration files, these are not (intentional) directly problem-related, but would be nice for me to know wether they are indeed questionable or done right. One additional Fact: my MYSQL-database is at 12GB size. i dont know if that does matter, but mytop sometimes shows me 4-5 seconds long insert queries, some are 20-30 seconds long. Its just a feeling that i am unable to prove (because i dont know how), but when i disable the database, the freeze seems not to happen. Example: i created a dummy rails application to see the development log. the app made some sql-queries, reads and inserts. the log quite often was like: DbTest Load (0.3ms) SELECT * FROM `db_test` WHERE (`db_test`.`id` = 31722) LIMIT 1 SQL (0.1ms) BEGIN DbTest Update (0.3ms) UPDATE `db_test` SET `updated_at` = '2012-07-04 23:32:34' WHERE `id` = 31722 - now the log stands still for 5-60 seconds. SQL (49.1ms) COMMIT - SQL-Update time in the log does not include freeze time Rendering test/index Completed in 96ms (View: 16, DB: 59) | 200 OK [http://localhost:9000/test] Bad part is: this mini-freeze here only happens from time to time as well. note: meanwhile i cannot even upload files via scp. I currently feel like running form bad to worse and back by googling for my server-problem due to immense lack of knowledge regarding server configurations. It still makes me wonder, why those problems even appear, since 250 users a time is not such a high amount, right? So my questions: whats wrong and how to fix? ;) or: what information can i provide to make the situation more clear? can you point at some critical bad configuration-line which i should consider to catch up in the documentation? are there any tools i can run to see some possible bottlenecks? any further advice? (next to: "pay someone who knows what he does" - its a private project, server costs enough already. :)) Thanks for your time and help. Best Regards, Daniel P.S.: i renamed the configfiles to domain.tld since i dont want to have any % more load to the server until its fixed. might be a exaggeratedly thought.. P.P.S: if i asked a complete duplicate question, sorry. my search results seemed to be quite specific in their own way.

    Read the article

  • After connecting wlan0 to bridge interface (and then removing it), can't connect to AP

    - by gmonk
    I'm on a laptop running Debian Jessie with kernel 3.13-1-amd64; lspci shows that my wireless NIC + driver is 04:00.0 Network controller: Intel Corporation Wireless 3160 (rev 83) Subsystem: Intel Corporation Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Kernel driver in use: iwlwifi This has been working without any problems, until I tried creating a bridge for lxc containers to use. I did the same thing as this person here: How-to set up a network bridge on a laptop for LXC use? -- and ended up having the same problem as this poster did, so I decided to "undo" my actions. This hasn't been successful. Actions taken so far: To configure the bridge: #> ip link add type veth #> iw dev wlan0 set 4addr on #> ifconfig veth0 up #> brctl addbr br0 #> brctl addif br0 wlan0 #> brctl addif br0 veth0 #> ifconfig br0 192.168.0.4/24 #> ifconfig wlan0 0.0.0.0 To "deconfigure": #> brctl delif br0 wlan0 #> brctl delif br0 veth0 #> iw dev wlan0 set 4addr off #> ifconfig veth0 down #> ifconfig wlan0 down #> ifconfig br0 down #> brctl delbr br0 Now, dmesg and /var/log/syslog show repeated attempts at connecting to the AP that was working before, which fail after authentication: May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.757172] wlan0: authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.759036] wlan0: send auth to 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> authenticating May 27 09:16:01 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Trying to associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.762615] wlan0: authenticated May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.762753] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling HT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.762755] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling VHT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.765080] wlan0: associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: authenticating -> associating May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.767474] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (capab=0x411 status=12 aid=0) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.767476] wlan0: 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 denied association (code=12) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT bssid=00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 status_code=12 May 27 09:16:01 myhostname kernel: [11350.788475] wlan0: deauthenticating from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 by local choice (reason=3) May 27 09:16:01 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associating -> disconnected May 27 09:16:01 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: disconnected -> scanning May 27 09:16:02 myhostname dhclient: DHCPDISCOVER on wlan0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67 interval 14 May 27 09:16:04 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: SME: Trying to authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.559579] wlan0: authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.561458] wlan0: send auth to 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Trying to associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> associating May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.563445] wlan0: authenticated May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.563631] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling HT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.563633] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling VHT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.565727] wlan0: associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Associated with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.568091] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (capab=0x411 status=0 aid=9) May 27 09:16:04 myhostname kernel: [11354.569030] wlan0: associated May 27 09:16:04 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associating -> associated May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.978204] wlan0: deauthenticated from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (Reason: 15) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED bssid=00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 reason=15 May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.992729] cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995004] cfg80211: World regulatory domain updated: May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995005] cfg80211: (start_freq - end_freq @ bandwidth), (max_antenna_gain, max_eirp) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995006] cfg80211: (2402000 KHz - 2472000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995007] cfg80211: (2457000 KHz - 2482000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995007] cfg80211: (2474000 KHz - 2494000 KHz @ 20000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995008] cfg80211: (5170000 KHz - 5250000 KHz @ 80000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995009] cfg80211: (5735000 KHz - 5835000 KHz @ 80000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname kernel: [11354.995010] cfg80211: (57240000 KHz - 63720000 KHz @ 2160000 KHz), (N/A, 0 mBm) May 27 09:16:05 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associated -> disconnected May 27 09:16:05 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: disconnected -> scanning May 27 09:16:09 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: SME: Trying to authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.763968] wlan0: authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.765796] wlan0: send auth to 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> authenticating May 27 09:16:09 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Trying to associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.769957] wlan0: authenticated May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.770102] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling HT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.770104] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling VHT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.770846] wlan0: associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.773358] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (capab=0x411 status=12 aid=0) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.773361] wlan0: 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 denied association (code=12) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: authenticating -> associating May 27 09:16:09 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT bssid=00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 status_code=12 May 27 09:16:09 myhostname kernel: [11358.802187] wlan0: deauthenticating from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 by local choice (reason=3) May 27 09:16:09 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associating -> disconnected May 27 09:16:09 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: disconnected -> scanning May 27 09:16:12 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: SME: Trying to authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.573442] wlan0: authenticate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.575270] wlan0: send auth to 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> authenticating May 27 09:16:12 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Trying to associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (SSID='myaccesspoint' freq=2437 MHz) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.580334] wlan0: authenticated May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.580503] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling HT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.580516] iwlwifi 0000:04:00.0 wlan0: disabling VHT as WMM/QoS is not supported by the AP May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.583508] wlan0: associate with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (try 1/3) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: authenticating -> associating May 27 09:16:12 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: Associated with 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.585908] wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (capab=0x411 status=0 aid=9) May 27 09:16:12 myhostname kernel: [11362.586781] wlan0: associated May 27 09:16:12 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associating -> associated May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.947693] wlan0: deauthenticated from 00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 (Reason: 15) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname wpa_supplicant[8946]: wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED bssid=00:18:f8:54:a3:d6 reason=15 May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.973461] cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975673] cfg80211: World regulatory domain updated: May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975675] cfg80211: (start_freq - end_freq @ bandwidth), (max_antenna_gain, max_eirp) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975676] cfg80211: (2402000 KHz - 2472000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975677] cfg80211: (2457000 KHz - 2482000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975678] cfg80211: (2474000 KHz - 2494000 KHz @ 20000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975678] cfg80211: (5170000 KHz - 5250000 KHz @ 80000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975679] cfg80211: (5735000 KHz - 5835000 KHz @ 80000 KHz), (N/A, 2000 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname kernel: [11362.975679] cfg80211: (57240000 KHz - 63720000 KHz @ 2160000 KHz), (N/A, 0 mBm) May 27 09:16:13 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: associated -> disconnected May 27 09:16:13 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: disconnected -> scanning May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <warn> Activation (wlan0/wireless): association took too long. May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): device state change: config -> failed (reason 'no-secrets') [50 120 7] May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> Marking connection 'Auto myaccesspoint' invalid. May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <warn> Activation (wlan0) failed for connection 'Auto myaccesspoint' May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): device state change: failed -> disconnected (reason 'none') [120 30 0] May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): deactivating device (reason 'none') [0] May 27 09:16:14 myhostname NetworkManager[13992]: <info> (wlan0): supplicant interface state: scanning -> disconnected The things that jump out at me are "deauthenticating ... by local choice( reason=3)" and the lines that contain "(reason=15)". I've tried various fixes: iwconfig wlan0 power off killing wpa_supplicant connecting with iwconfig + dhclient instead of gnome's network -manager explicitly configuring wlan0 in /etc/network/interfaces creating a /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf file ...but nothing seems to work. I'm not sure what I did wrong, or what step I've skipped in trying to get wlan0 back as a non-bridged device -- I removed it from the bridge and then deleted the bridge itself. Any ideas?

    Read the article

  • Android WebView not loading a JavaScript file, but Android Browser loads it fine.

    - by Justin
    I'm writing an application which connects to a back office site. The backoffice site contains a whole slew of JavaScript functions, at least 100 times the average site. Unfortunately it does not load them, and causes much of the functionality to not work properly. So I am running a test. I put a page out on my server which loads the FireBugLite javascript text. Its a lot of javascript and perfect to test and see if the Android WebView will load it. The WebView loads nothing, but the browser loads the Firebug Icon. What on earth would make the difference, why can it run in the browser and not in my WebView? Any suggestions. More background information, in order to get the stinking backoffice application available on a Droid (or any other platform except windows) I needed to trick the bakcoffice application to believe what's accessing the website is Internet Explorer. I do this by modifying the WebView User Agent. Also for this application I've slimmed my landing page, so I could give you the source to offer me aid. package ksc.myKMB; import android.app.Activity; import android.app.AlertDialog; import android.app.Dialog; import android.app.ProgressDialog; import android.content.DialogInterface; import android.graphics.Bitmap; import android.os.Bundle; import android.view.Menu; import android.view.MenuInflater; import android.view.MenuItem; import android.view.Window; import android.webkit.WebChromeClient; import android.webkit.WebView; import android.webkit.WebSettings; import android.webkit.WebViewClient; import android.widget.Toast; public class myKMB extends Activity { /** Called when the activity is first created. */ @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); /** Performs base set up */ /** Create a Activity of this Activity, IE myProcess */ myProcess = this; /*** Create global objects and web browsing objects */ HideDialogOnce = true; webview = new WebView(this) { }; webChromeClient = new WebChromeClient() { public void onProgressChanged(WebView view, int progress) { // Activities and WebViews measure progress with different scales. // The progress meter will automatically disappear when we reach 100% myProcess.setProgress((progress * 100)); //CreateMessage("Progress is : " + progress); } }; webViewClient = new WebViewClient() { public void onReceivedError(WebView view, int errorCode, String description, String failingUrl) { Toast.makeText(myProcess, MessageBegText + description + MessageEndText, Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } public void onPageFinished (WebView view, String url) { /** Hide dialog */ try { // loadingDialog.dismiss(); } finally { } //myProcess.setProgress(1000); /** Fon't show the dialog while I'm performing fixes */ //HideDialogOnce = true; view.loadUrl("javascript:document.getElementById('JTRANS011').style.visibility='visible';"); } public void onPageStarted(WebView view, String url, Bitmap favicon) { if (HideDialogOnce == false) { //loadingDialog = ProgressDialog.show(myProcess, "", // "One moment, the page is laoding...", true); } else { //HideDialogOnce = true; } } }; getWindow().requestFeature(Window.FEATURE_PROGRESS); webview.setWebChromeClient(webChromeClient); webview.setWebViewClient(webViewClient); setContentView(webview); /** Load the Keynote Browser Settings */ LoadSettings(); webview.loadUrl(LandingPage); } /** Get Menu */ @Override public boolean onCreateOptionsMenu(Menu menu) { MenuInflater inflater = getMenuInflater(); inflater.inflate(R.menu.menu, menu); return true; } /** an item gets pushed */ @Override public boolean onOptionsItemSelected(MenuItem item) { switch (item.getItemId()) { // We have only one menu option case R.id.quit: System.exit(0); break; case R.id.back: webview.goBack(); case R.id.refresh: webview.reload(); case R.id.info: //IncludeJavascript(""); } return true; } /** Begin Globals */ public WebView webview; public WebChromeClient webChromeClient; public WebViewClient webViewClient; public ProgressDialog loadingDialog; public Boolean HideDialogOnce; public Activity myProcess; public String OverideUserAgent_IE = "Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; MSIE 6.0; Android 1.6; en-US) AppleWebKit/525.10+ (KHTML, like Gecko) Version/3.0.4 Safari/523.12.2 myKMB/1.0"; public String LandingPage = "http://kscserver.com/main-leap-slim.html"; public String MessageBegText = "Problem making a connection, Details: "; public String MessageEndText = " For Support Call: (xxx) xxx - xxxx."; public void LoadSettings() { webview.getSettings().setUserAgentString(OverideUserAgent_IE); webview.getSettings().setJavaScriptEnabled(true); webview.getSettings().setBuiltInZoomControls(true); webview.getSettings().setSupportZoom(true); } /** Creates a message alert dialog */ public void CreateMessage(String message) { AlertDialog.Builder builder = new AlertDialog.Builder(this); builder.setMessage(message) .setCancelable(true) .setNegativeButton("Close", new DialogInterface.OnClickListener() { public void onClick(DialogInterface dialog, int id) { dialog.cancel(); } }); AlertDialog alert = builder.create(); alert.show(); } } My Application is running in the background, and as you can see no Firebug in the lower right hand corner. However the browser (the emulator on top) has the same page but shows the firebug. What am I doing wrong? I'm assuming its either not enough memory allocated to the application, process power allocation, or a physical memory thing. I can't tell, all I know is the results are strange. I get the same thing form my android device, the application shows no firebug but the browser shows the firebug.

    Read the article

  • Android Remote Service Keeps Restarting

    - by user244190
    Ok so I've built an app that uses a remote service to do some real time GPS tracking. I am using the below code to start and bind to the service. The remote service uses aidl, sets up a notification icon, runs the GPS and locationListener. In onLocationChanged, a handler sends data back to the caller via the callback. Pretty much straight out of the examples and resources online. I want to allow the service to continue running even if the app closes. When the app is restarted, I want the app to again bind to the service (using the existing service if running) and again receive data from the tracker. I currently have the app mode set to singleTask and cannot use singleinstance due to another issue. My problem is that quit often even after the app and service are shut down either from the app itself, or from AdvancedTaskKiller, or a Forceclose, the service will restart and initialize the GPS. touching on the notification will open the app. I again stop the tracking which removes the notification and turns off the GPS Close the app, and again after a few seconds the service restarts. The only way to stop it is to power off the phone. What can I do to stop this from happening. Does it have to do with the mode of operation? START_NOT_STICKY or START_REDELIVER_INTENT? Or do I need to use stopSelf()? My understanding is that if the service is not running when I use bindService() that the service will be created...so do I really need to use start/stopService also? I thought I would need to use it if I want the service to run even after the app is closed. That is why i do not unbind/stop the service in onDestroy(). Is this correct? I've not seen any other info an this, so I,m not sure where to look. Please Help! Thanks Patrick //Remote Service Startup try{ startService(); }catch (Exception e) { Toast.makeText(ctx, e.getMessage().toString(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } } try{ bindService(); }catch (Exception e) { Toast.makeText(ctx, e.getMessage().toString(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } //Remote service shutdown try { unbindService(); }catch(Exception e) { Toast.makeText(ctx, e.getMessage().toString(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } try{ stopService(); }catch(Exception e) { Toast.makeText(ctx, e.getMessage().toString(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } private void startService() { if( myAdapter.trackServiceStarted() ) { if(SETTING_DEBUG_MODE) Toast.makeText(this, "Service already started", Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); started = true; if(!myAdapter.trackDataExists()) insertTrackData(); updateServiceStatus(); } else { startService( new Intent ( "com.codebase.TRACKING_SERVICE" ) ); Log.d( "startService()", "startService()" ); started = true; updateServiceStatus(); } } private void stopService() { stopService( new Intent ( "com.codebase.TRACKING_SERVICE" ) ); Log.d( "stopService()", "stopService()" ); started = false; updateServiceStatus(); } private void bindService() { bindService(new Intent(ITrackingService.class.getName()), mConnection, Context.BIND_AUTO_CREATE); bindService(new Intent(ITrackingSecondary.class.getName()), mTrackingSecondaryConnection, Context.BIND_AUTO_CREATE); started = true; } private void unbindService() { try { mTrackingService.unregisterCallback(mCallback); } catch (RemoteException e) { // There is nothing special we need to do if the service // has crashed. e.getMessage(); } try { unbindService(mTrackingSecondaryConnection); unbindService(mConnection); } catch (Exception e) { // There is nothing special we need to do if the service // has crashed. e.getMessage(); } started = false; } private ServiceConnection mConnection = new ServiceConnection() { public void onServiceConnected(ComponentName className, IBinder service) { // This is called when the connection with the service has been // established, giving us the service object we can use to // interact with the service. We are communicating with our // service through an IDL interface, so get a client-side // representation of that from the raw service object. mTrackingService = ITrackingService.Stub.asInterface(service); // We want to monitor the service for as long as we are // connected to it. try { mTrackingService.registerCallback(mCallback); } catch (RemoteException e) { // In this case the service has crashed before we could even // do anything with it; we can count on soon being // disconnected (and then reconnected if it can be restarted) // so there is no need to do anything here. } } public void onServiceDisconnected(ComponentName className) { // This is called when the connection with the service has been // unexpectedly disconnected -- that is, its process crashed. mTrackingService = null; } }; private ServiceConnection mTrackingSecondaryConnection = new ServiceConnection() { public void onServiceConnected(ComponentName className, IBinder service) { // Connecting to a secondary interface is the same as any // other interface. mTrackingSecondaryService = ITrackingSecondary.Stub.asInterface(service); try{ mTrackingSecondaryService.setTimePrecision(SETTING_TIME_PRECISION); mTrackingSecondaryService.setDistancePrecision(SETTING_DISTANCE_PRECISION); } catch (RemoteException e) { // In this case the service has crashed before we could even // do anything with it; we can count on soon being // disconnected (and then reconnected if it can be restarted) // so there is no need to do anything here. } } public void onServiceDisconnected(ComponentName className) { mTrackingSecondaryService = null; } }; //TrackService onDestry() public void onDestroy() { try{ if(lm != null) { lm.removeUpdates(this); } if(mNotificationManager != null) { mNotificationManager.cancel(R.string.local_service_started); } Toast.makeText(this, "Service stopped", Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); }catch (Exception e){ Toast.makeText(this, e.getMessage(), Toast.LENGTH_SHORT).show(); } // Unregister all callbacks. mCallbacks.kill(); // Remove the next pending message to increment the counter, stopping // the increment loop. mHandler.removeMessages(REPORT_MSG); super.onDestroy(); } ServiceConnectionLeaked: I'm seeing a lot of these: 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): Activity com.codebase.GPSTest has leaked ServiceConnection com.codebase.GPSTest$6@4482d428 that was originally bound here 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): android.app.ServiceConnectionLeaked: Activity com.codebase.GPSTest has leaked ServiceConnection com.codebase.GPSTest$6@4482d428 that was originally bound here 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread$PackageInfo$ServiceDispatcher.<init>(ActivityThread.java:977) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread$PackageInfo.getServiceDispatcher(ActivityThread.java:872) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ApplicationContext.bindService(ApplicationContext.java:796) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.content.ContextWrapper.bindService(ContextWrapper.java:337) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.codebase.GPSTest.bindService(GPSTest.java:2206) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.codebase.GPSTest.onStartStopClick(GPSTest.java:1589) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.codebase.GPSTest.onResume(GPSTest.java:1210) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.Instrumentation.callActivityOnResume(Instrumentation.java:1149) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.Activity.performResume(Activity.java:3763) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.performResumeActivity(ActivityThread.java:2937) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleResumeActivity(ActivityThread.java:2965) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleLaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:2516) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleRelaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:3625) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.access$2300(ActivityThread.java:119) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread$H.handleMessage(ActivityThread.java:1867) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:123) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4363) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:521) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:860) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:618) 04-21 09:25:23.347: ERROR/ActivityThread(3246): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) And These: Is this ok, or do I need to make sure i deactivate/close 04-21 09:58:55.487: INFO/dalvikvm(3440): Uncaught exception thrown by finalizer (will be discarded): 04-21 09:58:55.487: INFO/dalvikvm(3440): Ljava/lang/IllegalStateException;: Finalizing cursor android.database.sqlite.SQLiteCursor@447ef258 on gps_data that has not been deactivated or closed 04-21 09:58:55.487: INFO/dalvikvm(3440): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteCursor.finalize(SQLiteCursor.java:596) 04-21 09:58:55.487: INFO/dalvikvm(3440): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.run(Native Method)

    Read the article

  • Valgrind says "stack allocation," I say "heap allocation"

    - by Joel J. Adamson
    Dear Friends, I am trying to trace a segfault with valgrind. I get the following message from valgrind: ==3683== Conditional jump or move depends on uninitialised value(s) ==3683== at 0x4C277C5: sparse_mat_mat_kron (sparse.c:165) ==3683== by 0x4C2706E: rec_mating (rec.c:176) ==3683== by 0x401C1C: age_dep_iterate (age_dep.c:287) ==3683== by 0x4014CB: main (age_dep.c:92) ==3683== Uninitialised value was created by a stack allocation ==3683== at 0x401848: age_dep_init_params (age_dep.c:131) ==3683== ==3683== Conditional jump or move depends on uninitialised value(s) ==3683== at 0x4C277C7: sparse_mat_mat_kron (sparse.c:165) ==3683== by 0x4C2706E: rec_mating (rec.c:176) ==3683== by 0x401C1C: age_dep_iterate (age_dep.c:287) ==3683== by 0x4014CB: main (age_dep.c:92) ==3683== Uninitialised value was created by a stack allocation ==3683== at 0x401848: age_dep_init_params (age_dep.c:131) However, here's the offending line: /* allocate mating table */ age_dep_data->mtable = malloc (age_dep_data->geno * sizeof (double *)); if (age_dep_data->mtable == NULL) error (ENOMEM, ENOMEM, nullmsg, __LINE__); for (int j = 0; j < age_dep_data->geno; j++) { 131=> age_dep_data->mtable[j] = calloc (age_dep_data->geno, sizeof (double)); if (age_dep_data->mtable[j] == NULL) error (ENOMEM, ENOMEM, nullmsg, __LINE__); } What gives? I thought any call to malloc or calloc allocated heap space; there is no other variable allocated here, right? Is it possible there's another allocation going on (the offending stack allocation) that I'm not seeing? You asked to see the code, here goes: /* Copyright 2010 Joel J. Adamson <[email protected]> $Id: age_dep.c 1010 2010-04-21 19:19:16Z joel $ age_dep.c:main file Joel J. Adamson -- http://www.unc.edu/~adamsonj Servedio Lab University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill CB #3280, Coker Hall Chapel Hill, NC 27599-3280 This file is part of an investigation of age-dependent sexual selection. This code is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This software is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with haploid. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ #include "age_dep.h" /* global variables */ extern struct argp age_dep_argp; /* global error message variables */ char * nullmsg = "Null pointer: %i"; /* error message for conversions: */ char * errmsg = "Representation error: %s"; /* precision for formatted output: */ const char prec[] = "%-#9.8f "; const size_t age_max = AGEMAX; /* maximum age of males */ static int keep_going_p = 1; int main (int argc, char ** argv) { /* often used counters: */ int i, j; /* read the command line */ struct age_dep_args age_dep_args = { NULL, NULL, NULL }; argp_parse (&age_dep_argp, argc, argv, 0, 0, &age_dep_args); /* set the parameters here: */ /* initialize an age_dep_params structure, set the members */ age_dep_params_t * params = malloc (sizeof (age_dep_params_t)); if (params == NULL) error (ENOMEM, ENOMEM, nullmsg, __LINE__); age_dep_init_params (params, &age_dep_args); /* initialize frequencies: this initializes a list of pointers to initial frqeuencies, terminated by a NULL pointer*/ params->freqs = age_dep_init (&age_dep_args); params->by = 0.0; /* what range of parameters do we want, and with what stepsize? */ /* we should go from 0 to half-of-theta with a step size of about 0.01 */ double from = 0.0; double to = params->theta / 2.0; double stepsz = 0.01; /* did you think I would spell the whole word? */ unsigned int numparts = floor(to / stepsz); do { #pragma omp parallel for private(i) firstprivate(params) \ shared(stepsz, numparts) for (i = 0; i < numparts; i++) { params->by = i * stepsz; int tries = 0; while (keep_going_p) { /* each time through, modify mfreqs and mating table, then go again */ keep_going_p = age_dep_iterate (params, ++tries); if (keep_going_p == ERANGE) error (ERANGE, ERANGE, "Failure to converge\n"); } fprintf (stdout, "%i iterations\n", tries); } /* for i < numparts */ params->freqs = params->freqs->next; } while (params->freqs->next != NULL); return 0; } inline double age_dep_pmate (double age_dep_t, unsigned int genot, double bp, double ba) { /* the probability of mating between these phenotypes */ /* the female preference depends on whether the female has the preference allele, the strength of preference (parameter bp) and the male phenotype (age_dep_t); if the female lacks the preference allele, then this will return 0, which is not quite accurate; it should return 1 */ return bits_isset (genot, CLOCI)? 1.0 - exp (-bp * age_dep_t) + ba: 1.0; } inline double age_dep_trait (int age, unsigned int genot, double by) { /* return the male trait, a function of the trait locus, age, the age-dependent scaling parameter (bx) and the males condition genotype */ double C; double T; /* get the male's condition genotype */ C = (double) bits_popcount (bits_extract (0, CLOCI, genot)); /* get his trait genotype */ T = bits_isset (genot, CLOCI + 1)? 1.0: 0.0; /* return the trait value */ return T * by * exp (age * C); } int age_dep_iterate (age_dep_params_t * data, unsigned int tries) { /* main driver routine */ /* number of bytes for female frequencies */ size_t geno = data->age_dep_data->geno; size_t genosize = geno * sizeof (double); /* female frequencies are equal to male frequencies at birth (before selection) */ double ffreqs[geno]; if (ffreqs == NULL) error (ENOMEM, ENOMEM, nullmsg, __LINE__); /* do not set! Use memcpy (we need to alter male frequencies (selection) without altering female frequencies) */ memmove (ffreqs, data->freqs->freqs[0], genosize); /* for (int i = 0; i < geno; i++) */ /* ffreqs[i] = data->freqs->freqs[0][i]; */ #ifdef PRMTABLE age_dep_pr_mfreqs (data); #endif /* PRMTABLE */ /* natural selection: */ age_dep_ns (data); /* normalized mating table with new frequencies */ age_dep_norm_mtable (ffreqs, data); #ifdef PRMTABLE age_dep_pr_mtable (data); #endif /* PRMTABLE */ double * newfreqs; /* mutate here */ /* i.e. get the new frequency of 0-year-olds using recombination; */ newfreqs = rec_mating (data->age_dep_data); /* return block */ { if (sim_stop_ck (data->freqs->freqs[0], newfreqs, GENO, TOL) == 0) { /* if we have converged, stop the iterations and handle the data */ age_dep_sim_out (data, stdout); return 0; } else if (tries > MAXTRIES) return ERANGE; else { /* advance generations */ for (int j = age_max - 1; j < 0; j--) memmove (data->freqs->freqs[j], data->freqs->freqs[j-1], genosize); /* advance the first age-class */ memmove (data->freqs->freqs[0], newfreqs, genosize); return 1; } } } void age_dep_ns (age_dep_params_t * data) { /* calculate the new frequency of genotypes given additive fitness and selection coefficient s */ size_t geno = data->age_dep_data->geno; double w[geno]; double wbar, dtheta, ttheta, dcond, tcond; double t, cond; /* fitness parameters */ double mu, nu; mu = data->wparams[0]; nu = data->wparams[1]; /* calculate fitness */ for (int j = 0; j < age_max; j++) { int i; for (i = 0; i < geno; i++) { /* calculate male trait: */ t = age_dep_trait(j, i, data->by); /* calculate condition: */ cond = (double) bits_popcount (bits_extract(0, CLOCI, i)); /* trait-based fitness term */ dtheta = data->theta - t; ttheta = (dtheta * dtheta) / (2.0 * nu * nu); /* condition-based fitness term */ dcond = CLOCI - cond; tcond = (dcond * dcond) / (2.0 * mu * mu); /* calculate male fitness */ w[i] = 1 + exp(-tcond) - exp(-ttheta); } /* calculate mean fitness */ /* as long as we calculate wbar before altering any values of freqs[], we're safe */ wbar = gen_mean (data->freqs->freqs[j], w, geno); for (i = 0; i < geno; i++) data->freqs->freqs[j][i] = (data->freqs->freqs[j][i] * w[i]) / wbar; } } void age_dep_norm_mtable (double * ffreqs, age_dep_params_t * params) { /* this function produces a single mating table that forms the input for recombination () */ /* i is female genotype; j is male genotype; k is male age */ int i,j,k; double norm_denom; double trait; size_t geno = params->age_dep_data->geno; for (i = 0; i < geno; i++) { double norm_mtable[geno]; /* initialize the denominator: */ norm_denom = 0.0; /* find the probability of mating and add it to the denominator */ for (j = 0; j < geno; j++) { /* initialize entry: */ norm_mtable[j] = 0.0; for (k = 0; k < age_max; k++) { trait = age_dep_trait (k, j, params->by); norm_mtable[j] += age_dep_pmate (trait, i, params->bp, params->ba) * (params->freqs->freqs)[k][j]; } norm_denom += norm_mtable[j]; } /* now calculate entry (i,j) */ for (j = 0; j < geno; j++) params->age_dep_data->mtable[i][j] = (ffreqs[i] * norm_mtable[j]) / norm_denom; } } My current suspicion is the array newfreqs: I can't memmove, memcpy or assign a stack variable then hope it will persist, can I? rec_mating() returns double *.

    Read the article

  • Out of memory exception during scrolling of listview

    - by user1761316
    I am using facebook data like postedpicture,profile picture,name,message in my listview.I am getting an OOM error while doing fast scrolling of listview. I am also having scrollviewlistener in my application that loads more data when the scrollbar reaches the bottom of the screen.I just want to know whether I need to change anything in this class. imageLoader.DisplayImage(postimage.get(position).replace(" ", "%20"), postimg) ; I am using the above line to call the method in this imageloader class to set the bitmap to imageview. Here is my imageloader class import java.io.File; import java.io.FileInputStream; import java.io.FileNotFoundException; import java.io.FileOutputStream; import java.io.InputStream; import java.io.OutputStream; import java.net.HttpURLConnection; import java.net.URL; import java.util.Collections; import java.util.Map; import java.util.Stack; import java.util.WeakHashMap; import com.stellent.beerbro.Wall; import android.app.Activity; import android.content.Context; import android.graphics.Bitmap; import android.graphics.Bitmap.Config; import android.graphics.BitmapFactory; import android.graphics.Canvas; import android.graphics.Paint; import android.graphics.PorterDuff.Mode; import android.graphics.PorterDuffXfermode; import android.graphics.Rect; import android.graphics.RectF; import android.graphics.drawable.BitmapDrawable; import android.util.Log; import android.widget.ImageView; public class ImageLoader { MemoryCache memoryCache=new MemoryCache(); FileCache fileCache; private Map<ImageView, String> imageViews=Collections.synchronizedMap(new WeakHashMap<ImageView, String>()); public ImageLoader(Context context){ //Make the background thead low priority. This way it will not affect the UI performance photoLoaderThread.setPriority(Thread.NORM_PRIORITY-1); fileCache=new FileCache(context); } // final int stub_id=R.drawable.stub; public void DisplayImage(String url,ImageView imageView) { imageViews.put(imageView, url); System.gc(); // Bitmap bitmap=createScaledBitmap(memoryCache.get(url), 100,100,0); Bitmap bitmap=memoryCache.get(url); // Bitmap bitmaps=bitmap.createScaledBitmap(bitmap, 0, 100, 100); if(bitmap!=null) { imageView.setBackgroundDrawable(new BitmapDrawable(bitmap)); // imageView.setImageBitmap(getRoundedCornerBitmap( bitmap, 10,70,70)); // imageView.setImageBitmap(bitmap); // Log.v("first", "first"); } else { queuePhoto(url, imageView); // Log.v("second", "second"); } } private Bitmap createScaledBitmap(Bitmap bitmap, int i, int j, int k) { // TODO Auto-generated method stub return null; } private void queuePhoto(String url, ImageView imageView) { //This ImageView may be used for other images before. So there may be some old tasks in the queue. We need to discard them. photosQueue.Clean(imageView); PhotoToLoad p=new PhotoToLoad(url, imageView); synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photosQueue.photosToLoad.push(p); photosQueue.photosToLoad.notifyAll(); } //start thread if it's not started yet if(photoLoaderThread.getState()==Thread.State.NEW) photoLoaderThread.start(); } public Bitmap getBitmap(String url) { File f=fileCache.getFile(url); //from SD cache Bitmap b = decodeFile(f); if(b!=null) return b; //from web try { Bitmap bitmap=null; URL imageUrl = new URL(url); HttpURLConnection conn = (HttpURLConnection)imageUrl.openConnection(); conn.setConnectTimeout(30000); conn.setReadTimeout(30000); InputStream is=conn.getInputStream(); OutputStream os = new FileOutputStream(f); Utils.CopyStream(is, os); os.close(); bitmap = decodeFile(f); return bitmap; } catch (Exception ex){ ex.printStackTrace(); return null; } }//Lalit //decodes image and scales it to reduce memory consumption private Bitmap decodeFile(File f){ try { //decode image size BitmapFactory.Options o = new BitmapFactory.Options(); o.inJustDecodeBounds = true; BitmapFactory.decodeStream(new FileInputStream(f),null,o); //Find the correct scale value. It should be the power of 2. final int REQUIRED_SIZE=Wall.width; final int REQUIRED_SIZE1=Wall.height; // final int REQUIRED_SIZE=250; // int width_tmp=o.outWidth, height_tmp=o.outHeight; int scale=1; // while(o.outWidth/scale/2>=REQUIRED_SIZE && o.outHeight/scale/2>=REQUIRED_SIZE) //// scale*=2; while(true){ if(width_tmp/2<REQUIRED_SIZE && height_tmp/2<REQUIRED_SIZE1) break; width_tmp/=2; height_tmp/=2; scale*=2; } //decode with inSampleSize BitmapFactory.Options o2 = new BitmapFactory.Options(); o2.inSampleSize=scale; // o2.inSampleSize=2; return BitmapFactory.decodeStream(new FileInputStream(f), null, o2); } catch (FileNotFoundException e) {} return null; } //Task for the queue private class PhotoToLoad { public String url; public ImageView imageView; public PhotoToLoad(String u, ImageView i){ url=u; imageView=i; } } PhotosQueue photosQueue=new PhotosQueue(); public void stopThread() { photoLoaderThread.interrupt(); } //stores list of photos to download class PhotosQueue { private Stack<PhotoToLoad> photosToLoad=new Stack<PhotoToLoad>(); //removes all instances of this ImageView public void Clean(ImageView image) { for(int j=0 ;j<photosToLoad.size();){ if(photosToLoad.get(j).imageView==image) photosToLoad.remove(j); else ++j; } } } class PhotosLoader extends Thread { public void run() { try { while(true) { //thread waits until there are any images to load in the queue if(photosQueue.photosToLoad.size()==0) synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photosQueue.photosToLoad.wait(); } if(photosQueue.photosToLoad.size()!=0) { PhotoToLoad photoToLoad; synchronized(photosQueue.photosToLoad){ photoToLoad=photosQueue.photosToLoad.pop(); } Bitmap bmp=getBitmap(photoToLoad.url); memoryCache.put(photoToLoad.url, bmp); String tag=imageViews.get(photoToLoad.imageView); if(tag!=null && tag.equals(photoToLoad.url)){ BitmapDisplayer bd=new BitmapDisplayer(bmp, photoToLoad.imageView); Activity a=(Activity)photoToLoad.imageView.getContext(); a.runOnUiThread(bd); } } if(Thread.interrupted()) break; } } catch (InterruptedException e) { //allow thread to exit } } } PhotosLoader photoLoaderThread=new PhotosLoader(); //Used to display bitmap in the UI thread class BitmapDisplayer implements Runnable { Bitmap bitmap; ImageView imageView; public BitmapDisplayer(Bitmap b, ImageView i){bitmap=b;imageView=i;} public void run() { if(bitmap!=null) imageView.setBackgroundDrawable(new BitmapDrawable(bitmap)); } } public void clearCache() { memoryCache.clear(); fileCache.clear(); } public static Bitmap getRoundedCornerBitmap(Bitmap bitmap, int pixels,int width,int height) { Bitmap output = Bitmap.createBitmap(width,height, Config.ARGB_8888); Canvas canvas = new Canvas(output); final int color = 0xff424242; final Paint paint = new Paint(); final Rect rect = new Rect(0, 0, bitmap.getWidth(), bitmap.getHeight()); final RectF rectF = new RectF(rect); final float roundPx = pixels; paint.setAntiAlias(true); canvas.drawARGB(0, 0, 0, 0); paint.setColor(color); canvas.drawRoundRect(rectF, roundPx, roundPx, paint); paint.setXfermode(new PorterDuffXfermode(Mode.SRC_IN)); canvas.drawBitmap(bitmap, rect, rect, paint); return output; } }

    Read the article

  • rotating bitmaps. In code.

    - by Marco van de Voort
    Is there a faster way to rotate a large bitmap by 90 or 270 degrees than simply doing a nested loop with inverted coordinates? The bitmaps are 8bpp and typically 2048*2400*8bpp Currently I do this by simply copying with argument inversion, roughly (pseudo code: for x = 0 to 2048-1 for y = 0 to 2048-1 dest[x][y]=src[y][x]; (In reality I do it with pointers, for a bit more speed, but that is roughly the same magnitude) GDI is quite slow with large images, and GPU load/store times for textures (GF7 cards) are in the same magnitude as the current CPU time. Any tips, pointers? An in-place algorithm would even be better, but speed is more important than being in-place. Target is Delphi, but it is more an algorithmic question. SSE(2) vectorization no problem, it is a big enough problem for me to code it in assembler Duplicates How do you rotate a two dimensional array?. Follow up to Nils' answer Image 2048x2700 - 2700x2048 Compiler Turbo Explorer 2006 with optimization on. Windows: Power scheme set to "Always on". (important!!!!) Machine: Core2 6600 (2.4 GHz) time with old routine: 32ms (step 1) time with stepsize 8 : 12ms time with stepsize 16 : 10ms time with stepsize 32+ : 9ms Meanwhile I also tested on a Athlon 64 X2 (5200+ iirc), and the speed up there was slightly more than a factor four (80 to 19 ms). The speed up is well worth it, thanks. Maybe that during the summer months I'll torture myself with a SSE(2) version. However I already thought about how to tackle that, and I think I'll run out of SSE2 registers for an straight implementation: for n:=0 to 7 do begin load r0, <source+n*rowsize> shift byte from r0 into r1 shift byte from r0 into r2 .. shift byte from r0 into r8 end; store r1, <target> store r2, <target+1*<rowsize> .. store r8, <target+7*<rowsize> So 8x8 needs 9 registers, but 32-bits SSE only has 8. Anyway that is something for the summer months :-) Note that the pointer thing is something that I do out of instinct, but it could be there is actually something to it, if your dimensions are not hardcoded, the compiler can't turn the mul into a shift. While muls an sich are cheap nowadays, they also generate more register pressure afaik. The code (validated by subtracting result from the "naieve" rotate1 implementation): const stepsize = 32; procedure rotatealign(Source: tbw8image; Target:tbw8image); var stepsx,stepsy,restx,resty : Integer; RowPitchSource, RowPitchTarget : Integer; pSource, pTarget,ps1,ps2 : pchar; x,y,i,j: integer; rpstep : integer; begin RowPitchSource := source.RowPitch; // bytes to jump to next line. Can be negative (includes alignment) RowPitchTarget := target.RowPitch; rpstep:=RowPitchTarget*stepsize; stepsx:=source.ImageWidth div stepsize; stepsy:=source.ImageHeight div stepsize; // check if mod 16=0 here for both dimensions, if so -> SSE2. for y := 0 to stepsy - 1 do begin psource:=source.GetImagePointer(0,y*stepsize); // gets pointer to pixel x,y ptarget:=Target.GetImagePointer(target.imagewidth-(y+1)*stepsize,0); for x := 0 to stepsx - 1 do begin for i := 0 to stepsize - 1 do begin ps1:=@psource[rowpitchsource*i]; // ( 0,i) ps2:=@ptarget[stepsize-1-i]; // (maxx-i,0); for j := 0 to stepsize - 1 do begin ps2[0]:=ps1[j]; inc(ps2,RowPitchTarget); end; end; inc(psource,stepsize); inc(ptarget,rpstep); end; end; // 3 more areas to do, with dimensions // - stepsy*stepsize * restx // right most column of restx width // - stepsx*stepsize * resty // bottom row with resty height // - restx*resty // bottom-right rectangle. restx:=source.ImageWidth mod stepsize; // typically zero because width is // typically 1024 or 2048 resty:=source.Imageheight mod stepsize; if restx>0 then begin // one loop less, since we know this fits in one line of "blocks" psource:=source.GetImagePointer(source.ImageWidth-restx,0); // gets pointer to pixel x,y ptarget:=Target.GetImagePointer(Target.imagewidth-stepsize,Target.imageheight-restx); for y := 0 to stepsy - 1 do begin for i := 0 to stepsize - 1 do begin ps1:=@psource[rowpitchsource*i]; // ( 0,i) ps2:=@ptarget[stepsize-1-i]; // (maxx-i,0); for j := 0 to restx - 1 do begin ps2[0]:=ps1[j]; inc(ps2,RowPitchTarget); end; end; inc(psource,stepsize*RowPitchSource); dec(ptarget,stepsize); end; end; if resty>0 then begin // one loop less, since we know this fits in one line of "blocks" psource:=source.GetImagePointer(0,source.ImageHeight-resty); // gets pointer to pixel x,y ptarget:=Target.GetImagePointer(0,0); for x := 0 to stepsx - 1 do begin for i := 0 to resty- 1 do begin ps1:=@psource[rowpitchsource*i]; // ( 0,i) ps2:=@ptarget[resty-1-i]; // (maxx-i,0); for j := 0 to stepsize - 1 do begin ps2[0]:=ps1[j]; inc(ps2,RowPitchTarget); end; end; inc(psource,stepsize); inc(ptarget,rpstep); end; end; if (resty>0) and (restx>0) then begin // another loop less, since only one block psource:=source.GetImagePointer(source.ImageWidth-restx,source.ImageHeight-resty); // gets pointer to pixel x,y ptarget:=Target.GetImagePointer(0,target.ImageHeight-restx); for i := 0 to resty- 1 do begin ps1:=@psource[rowpitchsource*i]; // ( 0,i) ps2:=@ptarget[resty-1-i]; // (maxx-i,0); for j := 0 to restx - 1 do begin ps2[0]:=ps1[j]; inc(ps2,RowPitchTarget); end; end; end; end;

    Read the article

  • Processing incorrect mac addresses from 802.11 frames with pcap

    - by Quentin Swain
    I'm working throurgh a project with pcap and wireless. Following an example posted in response to oe of my earlier questions I am trying to extract the mac addresses from wireless frames. I have created structures for the radiotap header and a basic management frame. For some reason when it comes to trying to output the mac addresses I am printing out the wrong data. When I compare to wireshark I don't see why the radio tap data is printing out correctly but the mac addresses are not. I don't see any additional padding in the hex dump that wireshark displays when i look at the packets and compare the packets that I have captured. I am somewhat famialar with c but not an expert so maybe I am not using the pointers and structures properly could someone help show me what I am doing wrong? Thanks, Quentin // main.c // MacSniffer // #include <pcap.h> #include <string.h> #include <stdlib.h> #define MAXBYTES2CAPTURE 65535 #ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN typedef struct frame_control { unsigned int subtype:4; /*frame subtype field*/ unsigned int protoVer:2; /*frame type field*/ unsigned int version:2; /*protocol version*/ unsigned int order:1; unsigned int protected:1; unsigned int moreDate:1; unsigned int power_management:1; unsigned int retry:1; unsigned int moreFrag:1; unsigned int fromDS:1; unsigned int toDS:1; }frame_control; struct ieee80211_radiotap_header{ u_int8_t it_version; u_int8_t it_pad; u_int16_t it_len; u_int32_t it_present; u_int64_t MAC_timestamp; u_int8_t flags; u_int8_t dataRate; u_int16_t channelfrequency; u_int16_t channFreq_pad; u_int16_t channelType; u_int16_t channType_pad; u_int8_t ssiSignal; u_int8_t ssiNoise; u_int8_t antenna; }; #else typedef struct frame_control { unsigned int protoVer:2; /* protocol version*/ unsigned int type:2; /*frame type field (Management,Control,Data)*/ unsigned int subtype:4; /* frame subtype*/ unsigned int toDS:1; /* frame coming from Distribution system */ unsigned int fromDS:1; /*frame coming from Distribution system */ unsigned int moreFrag:1; /* More fragments?*/ unsigned int retry:1; /*was this frame retransmitted*/ unsigned int powMgt:1; /*Power Management*/ unsigned int moreDate:1; /*More Date*/ unsigned int protectedData:1; /*Protected Data*/ unsigned int order:1; /*Order*/ }frame_control; struct ieee80211_radiotap_header{ u_int8_t it_version; u_int8_t it_pad; u_int16_t it_len; u_int32_t it_present; u_int64_t MAC_timestamp; u_int8_t flags; u_int8_t dataRate; u_int16_t channelfrequency; u_int16_t channelType; int ssiSignal:8; int ssiNoise:8; }; #endif struct wi_frame { u_int16_t fc; u_int16_t wi_duration; u_int8_t wi_add1[6]; u_int8_t wi_add2[6]; u_int8_t wi_add3[6]; u_int16_t wi_sequenceControl; // u_int8_t wi_add4[6]; //unsigned int qosControl:2; //unsigned int frameBody[23124]; }; void processPacket(u_char *arg, const struct pcap_pkthdr* pkthdr, const u_char* packet) { int i= 0, *counter = (int *) arg; struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *rh =(struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *)packet; struct wi_frame *fr= (struct wi_frame *)(packet + rh->it_len); u_char *ptr; //printf("Frame Type: %d",fr->wi_fC->type); printf("Packet count: %d\n", ++(*counter)); printf("Received Packet Size: %d\n", pkthdr->len); if(rh->it_version != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Version: %d\n",rh->it_version); } if(rh->it_pad!=NULL) { printf("Radiotap Pad: %d\n",rh->it_pad); } if(rh->it_len != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Length: %d\n",rh->it_len); } if(rh->it_present != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Present: %c\n",rh->it_present); } if(rh->MAC_timestamp != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Timestamp: %u\n",rh->MAC_timestamp); } if(rh->dataRate != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Data Rate: %u\n",rh->dataRate); } if(rh->channelfrequency != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Channel Freq: %u\n",rh->channelfrequency); } if(rh->channelType != NULL) { printf("Radiotap Channel Type: %06x\n",rh->channelType); } if(rh->ssiSignal != NULL) { printf("Radiotap SSI signal: %d\n",rh->ssiSignal); } if(rh->ssiNoise != NULL) { printf("Radiotap SSI Noise: %d\n",rh->ssiNoise); } ptr = fr->wi_add1; int k= 6; printf("Destination Address:"); do{ printf("%s%X",(k==6)?" ":":",*ptr++); } while(--k>0); printf("\n"); ptr = fr->wi_add2; k=0; printf("Source Address:"); do{ printf("%s%X",(k==6)?" ":":",*ptr++); }while(--k>0); printf("\n"); ptr = fr->wi_add3; k=0; do{ printf("%s%X",(k==6)?" ":":",*ptr++); } while(--k>0); printf("\n"); /* for(int j = 0; j < 23124;j++) { if(fr->frameBody[j]!= NULL) { printf("%x",fr->frameBody[j]); } } */ for (i = 0;i<pkthdr->len;i++) { if(isprint(packet[i +rh->it_len])) { printf("%c",packet[i + rh->it_len]); } else{printf(".");} //print newline after each section of the packet if((i%16 ==0 && i!=0) ||(i==pkthdr->len-1)) { printf("\n"); } } return; } int main(int argc, char** argv) { int count = 0; pcap_t* descr = NULL; char errbuf[PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE], *device = NULL; struct bpf_program fp; char filter[]="wlan broadcast"; const u_char* packet; memset(errbuf,0,PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE); device = argv[1]; if(device == NULL) { fprintf(stdout,"Supply a device name "); } descr = pcap_create(device,errbuf); pcap_set_rfmon(descr,1); pcap_set_promisc(descr,1); pcap_set_snaplen(descr,30); pcap_set_timeout(descr,10000); pcap_activate(descr); int dl =pcap_datalink(descr); printf("The Data Link type is %s",pcap_datalink_val_to_name(dl)); //pcap_dispatch(descr,MAXBYTES2CAPTURE,1,512,errbuf); //Open device in promiscuous mode //descr = pcap_open_live(device,MAXBYTES2CAPTURE,1,512,errbuf); /* if(pcap_compile(descr,&fp,filter,0,PCAP_NETMASK_UNKNOWN)==-1) { fprintf(stderr,"Error compiling filter\n"); exit(1); } if(pcap_setfilter(descr,&fp)==-1) { fprintf(stderr,"Error setting filter\n"); exit(1); } */ pcap_loop(descr,0, processPacket, (u_char *) &count); return 0; }

    Read the article

  • How to improve this piece of code

    - by user303518
    Can anyone help me on this. It may be very frustrating for you all. But I want you guys to take a moment to look at the code below and please tell me all the things that are wrong in the below piece of code. You can copy it into your visual studio to analyze this better. You don’t have to make this code compile. My task is to get the following things: Most obvious mistakes with this code All the things that are wrong/bad practices with the code below Modify/Write an optimized version of this code. Keep in mind, the code DOES NOT need to compile. Reduce the number of lines of code You should NEVER try to implement something like below: public List<ValidationErrorDto> ProcessEQuote(string eQuoteXml, long programUniversalID) { // Get Program Info. DataTable programs = GetAllPrograms(); DataRow[] programRows = programs.Select(string.Format("ProgramUniversalID = {0}", programUniversalID)); long programID = (long)programRows[0]["ProgramID"]; string programName = (string)programRows[0]["Description"]; // Get Config file values. string fromEmail = ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["eQuotesFromEmail"]; string technicalSupportPhone = ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["TechnicalSupportPhone"]; string fromEmailDisplayName = string.IsNullOrEmpty(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["eQuotesFromDisplayName"]) ? null : string.Format(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["eQuotesFromDisplayName"], programName); string itEmail = !string.IsNullOrEmpty(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["ITEmail"]) ? ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["ITEmail"] : string.Empty; string itName = !string.IsNullOrEmpty(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["ITName"]) ? ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["ITName"] : "IT"; try { List<ValidationErrorDto> allValidationErrors = new List<ValidationErrorDto>(); List<ValidationErrorDto> validationErrors = new List<ValidationErrorDto>(); if (validationErrors.Count == 0) { validationErrors.AddRange(ValidateEQuoteXmlAgainstSchema(eQuoteXml)); if (validationErrors.Count == 0) { XmlDocument eQuoteXmlDoc = new XmlDocument(); eQuoteXmlDoc.LoadXml(eQuoteXml); XmlElement rootElement = eQuoteXmlDoc.DocumentElement; XmlNodeList quotesList = rootElement.SelectNodes("Quote"); foreach (XmlNode node in quotesList) { // Each node should be a quote node but to be safe, check if (node.Name == "Quote") { string groupName = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/GroupName").InnerText; string groupCity = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/GroupCity").InnerText; string groupPostalCode = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/GroupZipCode").InnerText; string groupSicCode = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/GroupSIC").InnerText; string generalAgencyLicenseNumber = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/GALicenseNbr").InnerText; string brokerName = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/BrokerName").InnerText; string deliverToEmailAddress = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/ReturnEmailAddress").InnerText; string brokerEmail = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/BrokerEmail").InnerText; string groupEligibleEmployeeCountString = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/GroupNbrEmployees").InnerText; string quoteEffectiveDateString = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/QuoteEffectiveDate").InnerText; string salesRepName = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/SalesRepName").InnerText; string salesRepPhone = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/SalesRepPhone").InnerText; string salesRepEmail = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/SalesRepEmail").InnerText; string brokerLicenseNumber = node.SelectSingleNode("Group/BrokerLicenseNbr").InnerText; DateTime? quoteEffectiveDate = null; int eligibleEmployeeCount = int.Parse(groupEligibleEmployeeCountString); DateTime quoteEffectiveDateOut; if (!DateTime.TryParse(quoteEffectiveDateString, out quoteEffectiveDateOut)) validationErrors.Add(ValidationHelper.CreateValidationError((long)QuoteField.EffectiveDate, "Quote Effective Date", ValidationErrorDto.ValueOutOfRange, false, ValidationHelper.CreateValidationContext(Entity.QuoteDetail, "Quote"))); else quoteEffectiveDate = quoteEffectiveDateOut; Dictionary<string, string> replacementCodeValues = new Dictionary<string, string>(); if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.ResourceManager.GetString("GroupName"))) throw new InvalidOperationException("GroupName key is not configured"); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.GroupName, groupName); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.ProgramName, programName); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.SalesRepName, salesRepName); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.SalesRepPhone, salesRepPhone); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.SalesRepEmail, salesRepEmail); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.TechnicalSupportPhone, technicalSupportPhone); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.EligibleEmployeCount, eligibleEmployeeCount.ToString()); // Retrieve the CityID and StateID long? cityID = null; long? stateID = null; DataSet citiesAndStates = Addresses.GetCitiesAndStatesFromPostalCode(groupPostalCode); DataTable cities = citiesAndStates.Tables[0]; DataTable states = citiesAndStates.Tables[1]; DataRow[] cityRows = cities.Select(string.Format("Name = '{0}'", groupCity)); if (cityRows.Length > 0) { cityID = (long)cityRows[0]["CityID"]; DataRow[] stateRows = states.Select(string.Format("CityID = {0}", cityID)); if (stateRows.Length > 0) stateID = (long)stateRows[0]["StateID"]; } // If the StateID does not exist, then we cannot get the GeneralAgency, so set a validation error and do not contine. // Else, Continue and look for an General Agency. If a GA was found, look for or create a Broker. Then look for or create a Prospect Group // Then using the info, create a quote. if (!stateID.HasValue) validationErrors.Add(ValidationHelper.CreateValidationError((long)ProspectGroupField.State, "Prospect Group State", ValidationErrorDto.RequiredFieldMissing, false, ValidationHelper.CreateValidationContext(Entity.ProspectGroup, "Prospect Group"))); bool brokerValidationError = false; SalesRepDto salesRep = GetSalesRepByEmail(salesRepEmail, ref validationErrors); if (salesRep == null) { string exceptionMessage = "Sales Rep Not found in Opportunity System. Please make sure Sales Rep is present in the system by adding the sales rep in AWP SR Add Screen." + Environment.NewLine; exceptionMessage = exceptionMessage + " Sales Rep Name: " + salesRepName + Environment.NewLine; exceptionMessage = exceptionMessage + " Sales Rep Email: " + salesRepEmail + Environment.NewLine; exceptionMessage = exceptionMessage + " Module : E-Quote Service" + Environment.NewLine; throw new Exception(exceptionMessage); } if (validationErrors.Count == 0) { // Note that StateID and EffectiveDate should be valid at this point. If it weren't there would be validation errors. // Find General Agency long? generalAgencyID; validationErrors.AddRange(GetEQuoteGeneralAgency(generalAgencyLicenseNumber, stateID.Value, out generalAgencyID)); // If GA was found, check for Broker. if (validationErrors.Count == 0 && generalAgencyID.HasValue) { Dictionary<string, string> brokerNameParts = ContactHelper.GetNamePartsFromFullName(brokerName); long? brokerID; validationErrors.AddRange(CreateEQuoteBroker(brokerNameParts["FirstName"], brokerNameParts["LastName"], brokerEmail, brokerLicenseNumber, stateID.Value, generalAgencyID.Value, salesRep, programID, out brokerID)); // If Broker was found but had validation errors if (validationErrors.Count > 0) { DeliverEmailMessage(programID, quoteEffectiveDate.Value, fromEmail, fromEmailDisplayName, itEmail, DocumentType.EQuoteBrokerValidationFailureMessageEmail, replacementCodeValues); brokerValidationError = true; } // If Broker was found, check for Prospect Group if (validationErrors.Count == 0 && brokerID.HasValue) { long? prospectGroupID; validationErrors.AddRange(CreateEQuoteProspectGroup(groupName, cityID, stateID, groupPostalCode, groupSicCode, brokerID.Value, out prospectGroupID)); if (validationErrors.Count == 0 && prospectGroupID.HasValue) { if (validationErrors.Count == 0) { long? quoteID; validationErrors.AddRange(CreateEQuote(programID, prospectGroupID.Value, generalAgencyID.Value, quoteEffectiveDate.Value, eligibleEmployeeCount, deliverToEmailAddress, node.SelectNodes("Employees/Employee"), deliverToEmailAddress, out quoteID)); if (validationErrors.Count == 0 && quoteID.HasValue) { QuoteFromServiceDto quoteFromService = GetQuoteByQuoteID(quoteID.Value); // Generate Pre-Message replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.QuoteNumber, string.Format("{0}.{1}", quoteFromService.QuoteNumber, quoteFromService.QuoteVersion)); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name, brokerName); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.LicenseNumbers, brokerLicenseNumber); DeliverEmailMessage(programID, quoteEffectiveDate.Value, fromEmail, fromEmailDisplayName, deliverToEmailAddress, DocumentType.EQuotePreMessageEmail, replacementCodeValues); bool quoteGenerated = false; try { quoteGenerated = GenerateAndDeliverInitialQuote(quoteID.Value); } catch (Exception exception) { TraceLogger.LogException(exception, LoggingCategory); if (replacementCodeValues.ContainsKey(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name)) replacementCodeValues[Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name] = itName; else replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name, itName); if (replacementCodeValues.ContainsKey(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors)) replacementCodeValues[Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors] = string.Format("Errors:\r\n:{0}", exception); else replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors, string.Format("Errors:\r\n:{0}", exception)); DeliverEmailMessage(programID, quoteEffectiveDate.Value, fromEmail, fromEmailDisplayName, itEmail, DocumentType.EQuoteSystemFailureMessageEmail, replacementCodeValues); } if (!quoteGenerated) { // Generate System Failure Message if (replacementCodeValues.ContainsKey(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name)) replacementCodeValues[Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name] = brokerName; else replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name, brokerName); if (replacementCodeValues.ContainsKey(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors)) replacementCodeValues[Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors] = string.Empty; else replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors, string.Empty); DeliverEmailMessage(programID, quoteEffectiveDate.Value, fromEmail, fromEmailDisplayName, itEmail, DocumentType.EQuoteSystemFailureMessageEmail, replacementCodeValues); } } } } } } } //if (validationErrors.Count > 0) // Per spec, if Broker Validation returned an error we already sent an email, don't send another generic one if (validationErrors.Count > 0 && (!brokerValidationError)) { StringBuilder errorString = new StringBuilder(); foreach (ValidationErrorDto validationError in validationErrors) errorString = errorString.AppendLine(string.Format(" - {0}", ValidationHelper.GetValidationErrorReason(validationError, true))); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors, errorString.ToString()); if (replacementCodeValues.ContainsKey(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name)) replacementCodeValues[Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name] = brokerName; else replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name, brokerName); // HACK: If there is no effective date, then use Today's date. Do we care about the effecitve dat on validation message? if (quoteEffectiveDate.HasValue) DeliverEmailMessage(programID, quoteEffectiveDate.Value, fromEmail, fromEmailDisplayName, itEmail, DocumentType.EQuoteValidationFailureMessageEmail, replacementCodeValues); else DeliverEmailMessage(programID, DateTime.Now, fromEmail, fromEmailDisplayName, itEmail, DocumentType.EQuoteValidationFailureMessageEmail, replacementCodeValues); } allValidationErrors.AddRange(validationErrors); validationErrors.Clear(); } } } else { // Use todays date as the effective date. Dictionary<string, string> replacementCodeValues = new Dictionary<string, string>(); StringBuilder errorString = new StringBuilder(); foreach (ValidationErrorDto validationError in validationErrors) errorString = errorString.AppendLine(string.Format(" - {0}", ValidationHelper.GetValidationErrorReason(validationError, true))); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors, string.Format("The following validation errors occurred: \r\n{0}", errorString)); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.ProgramName, programName); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.GroupName, "Group"); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name, itName); DeliverEmailMessage(programID, DateTime.Now, fromEmail, null, itEmail, DocumentType.EQuoteSystemFailureMessageEmail, replacementCodeValues); allValidationErrors.AddRange(validationErrors); validationErrors.Clear(); } } return allValidationErrors; } catch (Exception exception) { TraceLogger.LogException(exception, LoggingCategory); // Use todays date as the effective date. Dictionary<string, string> replacementCodeValues = new Dictionary<string, string>(); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.ProgramName, programName); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.GroupName, "Group"); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Name, itName); replacementCodeValues.Add(Resources.ParameterMessageKeys.Errors, string.Format("Errors:\r\n:{0}", exception)); DeliverEmailMessage(programID, DateTime.Now, fromEmail, null, itEmail, DocumentType.EQuoteSystemFailureMessageEmail, replacementCodeValues); throw new FaultException(exception.ToString()); } }

    Read the article

  • Edit Contact code worked in 1.6 but doesn't work on Droid 2.1?

    - by user225405
    Hi All, I had some fairly simple code in my app to invoke Edit Contact activity on a known good contact index that worked in Android 1.6 but is broken for me now in Android 2.1 on the Droid. I built a sample activity/app 'EdCon' to show this: package com.jbh; import android.app.Activity; import android.content.Intent; import android.net.Uri; import android.os.Bundle; public class EdCon extends Activity { /** Called when the activity is first created. */ @Override public void onCreate(Bundle savedInstanceState) { super.onCreate(savedInstanceState); setContentView(R.layout.main); // Build an intent to edit a known good contact index Intent i; i = new Intent(Intent.ACTION_EDIT); i.setData(Uri.parse("content://contacts/people/10")); startActivity(i); } } When I run this on my G1 running 1.6 it works as expected i.e. brings up the Edit Contact screen for the known index and then I can hit BACK to return to "Hello World, EdCon". When I run this on the Droid under 2.1 I get the following: 05-07 15:35:57.787: INFO/ActivityManager(1013): Starting activity: Intent { act=android.intent.action.MAIN cat=[android.intent.category.LAUNCHER] flg=0x10000000 cmp=com.jbh/.EdCon } 05-07 15:35:57.826: DEBUG/AndroidRuntime(13780): Shutting down VM 05-07 15:35:57.826: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): DestroyJavaVM waiting for non-daemon threads to exit 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): DestroyJavaVM shutting VM down 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): HeapWorker thread shutting down 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): HeapWorker thread has shut down 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/jdwp(13780): JDWP shutting down net... 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/jdwp(13780): Got wake-up signal, bailing out of select 05-07 15:35:57.928: INFO/dalvikvm(13780): Debugger has detached; object registry had 1 entries 05-07 15:35:57.928: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): VM cleaning up 05-07 15:35:57.935: INFO/ActivityManager(1013): Start proc com.jbh for activity com.jbh/.EdCon: pid=13802 uid=10052 gids={1015} 05-07 15:35:57.967: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13780): ERROR: thread attach failed 05-07 15:35:58.053: INFO/ActivityThread(13792): Publishing provider com.android.vending.SuggestionsProvider: com.android.vending.SuggestionsProvider 05-07 15:35:58.154: INFO/dalvikvm(13802): Debugger thread not active, ignoring DDM send (t=0x41504e4d l=38) 05-07 15:35:58.209: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13780): LinearAlloc 0x0 used 639500 of 5242880 (12%) 05-07 15:35:58.365: INFO/dalvikvm(13802): Debugger thread not active, ignoring DDM send (t=0x41504e4d l=18) 05-07 15:35:58.639: INFO/ActivityManager(1013): Starting activity: Intent { act=android.intent.action.EDIT dat=content://contacts/people/10 cmp=com.android.contacts/.ui.EditContactActivity } 05-07 15:35:58.975: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13137): GC freed 2902 objects / 166768 bytes in 61ms 05-07 15:35:59.100: DEBUG/vending(13792): com.android.vending.LocalDbSyncService.run(): Syncing local DB with package manager... 05-07 15:35:59.100: DEBUG/vending(13792): com.android.vending.LocalDbSyncService.syncLocalDbWithPackageManager(): No INSTALLING or UNINSTALLING assets. 05-07 15:35:59.115: INFO/ActivityManager(1013): Displayed activity com.android.contacts/.ui.EditContactActivity: 387 ms (total 1296 ms) 05-07 15:35:59.185: DEBUG/Sources(13137): Creating external source for type=com.facebook.auth.login, packageName=com.facebook.katana 05-07 15:35:59.225: DEBUG/vending(13792): com.android.vending.LocalDbSyncService.run(): Syncing done. 05-07 15:35:59.232: WARN/dalvikvm(13137): threadid=27: thread exiting with uncaught exception (group=0x4001b180) 05-07 15:35:59.232: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): Uncaught handler: thread AsyncTask #1 exiting due to uncaught exception 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): java.lang.RuntimeException: An error occured while executing doInBackground() 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.os.AsyncTask$3.done(AsyncTask.java:200) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask$Sync.innerSetException(FutureTask.java:273) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask.setException(FutureTask.java:124) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask$Sync.innerRun(FutureTask.java:307) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask.run(FutureTask.java:137) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.ThreadPoolExecutor.runWorker(ThreadPoolExecutor.java:1068) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.ThreadPoolExecutor$Worker.run(ThreadPoolExecutor.java:561) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.lang.Thread.run(Thread.java:1096) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): Caused by: android.database.sqlite.SQLiteException: no such column: raw_contact_id: , while compiling: SELECT account_name, account_type, sourceid, version, dirty, data_id, res_package, mimetype, data1, data2, data3, data4, data5, data6, data7, data8, data9, data10, data11, data12, data13, data14, data15, data_sync1, data_sync2, data_sync3, data_sync4, _id, is_primary, is_super_primary, data_version, group_sourceid, sync1, sync2, sync3, sync4, deleted, contact_id, starred, is_restricted FROM contact_entities_view WHERE (1) AND (raw_contact_id=10) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteProgram.native_compile(Native Method) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteProgram.compile(SQLiteProgram.java:110) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteProgram.(SQLiteProgram.java:59) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteQuery.(SQLiteQuery.java:49) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteDirectCursorDriver.query(SQLiteDirectCursorDriver.java:49) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteDatabase.rawQueryWithFactory(SQLiteDatabase.java:1221) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.database.sqlite.SQLiteQueryBuilder.query(SQLiteQueryBuilder.java:316) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.providers.contacts.ContactsProvider2.query(ContactsProvider2.java:3850) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.providers.contacts.ContactsProvider2.query(ContactsProvider2.java:3840) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.providers.contacts.ContactsProvider2$RawContactsEntityIterator.(ContactsProvider2.java:4498) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.providers.contacts.ContactsProvider2.queryEntities(ContactsProvider2.java:4751) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.content.ContentProvider$Transport.queryEntities(ContentProvider.java:140) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.content.ContentProviderClient.queryEntities(ContentProviderClient.java:98) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.content.ContentResolver.queryEntities(ContentResolver.java:296) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.contacts.model.EntitySet.fromQuery(EntitySet.java:72) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.contacts.ui.EditContactActivity$QueryEntitiesTask.doInBackground(EditContactActivity.java:191) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.contacts.ui.EditContactActivity$QueryEntitiesTask.doInBackground(EditContactActivity.java:154) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at com.android.contacts.util.WeakAsyncTask.doInBackground(WeakAsyncTask.java:45) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at android.os.AsyncTask$2.call(AsyncTask.java:185) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): at java.util.concurrent.FutureTask$Sync.innerRun(FutureTask.java:305) 05-07 15:35:59.295: ERROR/AndroidRuntime(13137): ... 4 more 05-07 15:35:59.303: INFO/Process(1013): Sending signal. PID: 13137 SIG: 3 05-07 15:35:59.303: INFO/dalvikvm(13137): threadid=7: reacting to signal 3 05-07 15:35:59.303: ERROR/dalvikvm(13137): Unable to open stack trace file '/data/anr/traces.txt': Permission denied 05-07 15:35:59.506: INFO/DumpStateReceiver(1013): Added state dump to 1 crashes 05-07 15:36:07.053: DEBUG/dalvikvm(12901): GC freed 389 objects / 25056 bytes in 145ms 05-07 15:36:17.287: DEBUG/dalvikvm(11649): GC freed 154 objects / 6816 bytes in 136ms 05-07 15:36:22.365: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13574): GC freed 348 objects / 67848 bytes in 112ms 05-07 15:36:27.451: DEBUG/dalvikvm(11836): GC freed 267 objects / 17432 bytes in 65ms 05-07 15:36:32.553: DEBUG/dalvikvm(12757): GC freed 1888 objects / 92440 bytes in 67ms 05-07 15:36:38.803: INFO/power(1013): * set_screen_state 0 05-07 15:36:38.813: DEBUG/SurfaceFlinger(1013): About to give-up screen, flinger = 0x114c30 05-07 15:36:38.826: DEBUG/Sensors(1013): using accelerometer (name=accelerometer) 05-07 15:36:38.834: DEBUG/PhoneWindow(13137): couldn't save which view has focus because the focused view android.widget.ScrollView@44883558 has no id. 05-07 15:36:38.865: DEBUG/WifiService(1013): ACTION_SCREEN_OFF 05-07 15:36:38.889: DEBUG/WifiService(1013): setting ACTION_DEVICE_IDLE timer for 900000ms 05-07 15:36:44.107: DEBUG/dalvikvm(1013): GC freed 7351 objects / 521440 bytes in 130ms 05-07 15:36:49.373: DEBUG/dalvikvm(13553): GC freed 321 objects / 12056 bytes in 102ms The no such column: raw_contact_id: looks like the issue but I'm not sure how or why that would happen or what it means. Any help appreciated! [email protected]

    Read the article

  • Array comparion for multidimensinal array in php

    - by Learner
    Array 1 = pr($plan_data); Array ( [0] => Array ( [AveragePrice] => 9.631161 [EFLUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/EFL_API.asp?rateid=161456 [EarlyTerminationFee] => 150 [HurricaneRecovery] => 0.132 [MeterSurcharge] => 3.05 [OffCycle] => 5 [PUCAssessment] => 0.00167 [PlanDescription] => Savings Champ-6 [PlanId] => 57 [PlanIssueDate] => 12/10/2012 [PlanMonthlyFee] => 0 [PlanName] => PN1058 [PlanRate] => 9.3 [PlanRenewablePercent] => 7.2 [PlanTerm] => 6 [PriorityMoveIn] => 36 [ProviderDisplayName] => CenterPoint Energy [ProviderId] => 21 [ProviderInternalName] => CNP_COAST [RateId] => 161456 [RegularMoveIn] => 16 [TDSPPassThrough] => 0.03791 [TOCUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/termsandconditions.asp?rateid=161456 [YRACUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/\affiliatefiles\YRAC.PDF [provider] => ces [ProductType] => Fixed [Rep] => Champion Energy Services [Zone] => 77479 ) [1] => Array ( [AveragePrice] => 10.1311693 [EFLUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/EFL_API.asp?rateid=161458 [EarlyTerminationFee] => 150 [HurricaneRecovery] => 0.132 [MeterSurcharge] => 3.05 [OffCycle] => 5 [PUCAssessment] => 0.00167 [PlanDescription] => Savings Champ-12 [PlanId] => 59 [PlanIssueDate] => 12/10/2012 [PlanMonthlyFee] => 0 [PlanName] => PN1060 [PlanRate] => 9.8 [PlanRenewablePercent] => 7.2 [PlanTerm] => 12 [PriorityMoveIn] => 36 [ProviderDisplayName] => CenterPoint Energy [ProviderId] => 21 [ProviderInternalName] => CNP_COAST [RateId] => 161458 [RegularMoveIn] => 16 [TDSPPassThrough] => 0.03791 [TOCUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/termsandconditions.asp?rateid=161458 [YRACUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/\affiliatefiles\YRAC.PDF [provider] => ces [ProductType] => Fixed [Rep] => Champion Energy Services [Zone] => 77479 ) [2] => Array ( [AveragePrice] => 10.4311743 [EFLUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/EFL_API.asp?rateid=161459 [EarlyTerminationFee] => 150 [HurricaneRecovery] => 0.132 [MeterSurcharge] => 3.05 [OffCycle] => 5 [PUCAssessment] => 0.00167 [PlanDescription] => Green Power-12 [PlanId] => 60 [PlanIssueDate] => 12/10/2012 [PlanMonthlyFee] => 0 [PlanName] => PN1061 [PlanRate] => 10.1 [PlanRenewablePercent] => 100 [PlanTerm] => 12 [PriorityMoveIn] => 36 [ProviderDisplayName] => CenterPoint Energy [ProviderId] => 21 [ProviderInternalName] => CNP_COAST [RateId] => 161459 [RegularMoveIn] => 16 [TDSPPassThrough] => 0.03791 [TOCUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/termsandconditions.asp?rateid=161459 [YRACUrl] => http://www.championenergyservices.com/register/\affiliatefiles\YRAC.PDF [provider] => ces [ProductType] => Fixed [Rep] => Champion Energy Services [Zone] => 77479 ) ) Array 2 = pr($temp_val); Array ( [0] => Array ( [id] => 6 [PlanId] => 60 [PlanName] => Bounce 12 + A/C Protection [PlanDescription] => Bounce 12 + A/C Protection - CNP [PlanTerm] => 12 [PlanRate] => [RateId] => [PlanIssueDate] => [PlanMonthlyFee] => [EarlyTerminationFee] => 200.00000 [AveragePrice] => 12.00000 [HurricaneRecovery] => [PlanRenewablePercent] => [ProviderDisplayName] => [ProviderId] => 1 [provider] => bounce [ProductZoneId] => 353 [Zone] => 77479 [ProviderInternalName] => [RegularMoveIn] => [PriorityMoveIn] => [OffCycle] => [TDSPPassThrough] => [PUCAssessment] => [EFLUrl] => [EFLLinkUrl] => http://www.bounceenergy.com/efls/bounce12.pdf [TOCUrl] => [TOCLUrl] => http://www.bounceenergy.com/terms-of-service-fixed.pdf [YRACUrl] => [YRACLUrl] => http://www.bounceenergy.com/yraac.pdf [REP_Name] => [REP_PUCT] => [customer_service_email] => [toll_free_number] => [status] => active [created] => 2012-12-14 12:40:05 [modified] => 2012-12-14 ) [1] => Array ( [id] => 18 [PlanId] => 17 [PlanName] => Online Only - 12 [PlanDescription] => Online Only - 12 [PlanTerm] => 12 [PlanRate] => [RateId] => 386 [PlanIssueDate] => [PlanMonthlyFee] => 100.00000 [EarlyTerminationFee] => 175.00000 [AveragePrice] => 10.00000 [HurricaneRecovery] => [PlanRenewablePercent] => [ProviderDisplayName] => [ProviderId] => 2 [provider] => fulcrum [ProductZoneId] => [Zone] => 77479 [ProviderInternalName] => [RegularMoveIn] => [PriorityMoveIn] => [OffCycle] => [TDSPPassThrough] => [PUCAssessment] => [EFLUrl] => [EFLLinkUrl] => [TOCUrl] => [TOCLUrl] => [YRACUrl] => [YRACLUrl] => [REP_Name] => [REP_PUCT] => [customer_service_email] => [toll_free_number] => [status] => active [created] => 2012-12-14 12:40:15 [modified] => 2012-12-14 ) ) I want to compare this two array and if any key value is different i want to take it an different array.. $result_val= array_diff_assoc($plan_data, $temp_val); Please help me out !!

    Read the article

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • FreeBSD performance tuning. Sysctls, loader.conf, kernel

    - by SaveTheRbtz
    I wanted to share knowledge of tuning FreeBSD via sysctl.conf/loader.conf/KENCONF. It was initially based on Igor Sysoev's (author of nginx) presentation about FreeBSD tuning up to 100,000-200,000 active connections. Tunings are for FreeBSD-CURRENT. Since 7.2 amd64 some of them are tuned well by default. Prior 7.0 some of them are boot only (set via /boot/loader.conf) or does not exist at all. sysctl.conf: # No zero mapping feature # May break wine # (There are also reports about broken samba3) #security.bsd.map_at_zero=0 # If you have really busy webserver with apache13 you may run out of processes #kern.maxproc=10000 # Same for servers with apache2 / Pound #kern.threads.max_threads_per_proc=4096 # Max. backlog size kern.ipc.somaxconn=4096 # Shared memory // 7.2+ can use shared memory > 2Gb kern.ipc.shmmax=2147483648 # Sockets kern.ipc.maxsockets=204800 # Can cause this on older kernels: # http://old.nabble.com/Significant-performance-regression-for-increased-maxsockbuf-on-8.0-RELEASE-tt26745981.html#a26745981 ) kern.ipc.maxsockbuf=10485760 # Mbuf 2k clusters (on amd64 7.2+ 25600 is default) # For such high value vm.kmem_size must be increased to 3G kern.ipc.nmbclusters=262144 # Jumbo pagesize(_SC_PAGESIZE) clusters # Used as general packet storage for jumbo frames # can be monitored via `netstat -m` #kern.ipc.nmbjumbop=262144 # Jumbo 9k/16k clusters # If you are using them #kern.ipc.nmbjumbo9=65536 #kern.ipc.nmbjumbo16=32768 # For lower latency you can decrease scheduler's maximum time slice # default: stathz/10 (~ 13) #kern.sched.slice=1 # Increase max command-line length showed in `ps` (e.g for Tomcat/Java) # Default is PAGE_SIZE / 16 or 256 on x86 # This avoids commands to be presented as [executable] in `ps` # For more info see: http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/query-pr.cgi?pr=120749 kern.ps_arg_cache_limit=4096 # Every socket is a file, so increase them kern.maxfiles=204800 kern.maxfilesperproc=200000 kern.maxvnodes=200000 # On some systems HPET is almost 2 times faster than default ACPI-fast # Useful on systems with lots of clock_gettime / gettimeofday calls # See http://old.nabble.com/ACPI-fast-default-timecounter,-but-HPET-83--faster-td23248172.html # After revision 222222 HPET became default: http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=222222 kern.timecounter.hardware=HPET # Small receive space, only usable on http-server, on file server this # should be increased to 65535 or even more #net.inet.tcp.recvspace=8192 # This is useful on Fat-Long-Pipes #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_max=10485760 #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_inc=65535 # Small send space is useful for http servers that serve small files # Autotuned since 7.x net.inet.tcp.sendspace=16384 # This is useful on Fat-Long-Pipes #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_max=10485760 #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_inc=65535 # Turn off receive autotuning # You can play with it. #net.inet.tcp.recvbuf_auto=0 #net.inet.tcp.sendbuf_auto=0 # This should be enabled if you going to use big spaces (>64k) # Also timestamp field is useful when using syncookies net.inet.tcp.rfc1323=1 # Turn this off on high-speed, lossless connections (LAN 1Gbit+) # If you set it there is no need in TCP_NODELAY sockopt (see man tcp) net.inet.tcp.delayed_ack=0 # This feature is useful if you are serving data over modems, Gigabit Ethernet, # or even high speed WAN links (or any other link with a high bandwidth delay product), # especially if you are also using window scaling or have configured a large send window. # Automatically disables on small RTT ( http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/cvsweb.cgi/src/sys/netinet/tcp_subr.c?#rev1.237 ) # This sysctl was removed in 10-CURRENT: # See: http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg06178.html #net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable=0 # TCP slowstart algorithm tunings # We assuming we have very fast clients #net.inet.tcp.slowstart_flightsize=100 #net.inet.tcp.local_slowstart_flightsize=100 # Disable randomizing of ports to avoid false RST # Before usage check SA here www.bsdcan.org/2006/papers/ImprovingTCPIP.pdf # (it's also says that port randomization auto-disables at some conn.rates, but I didn't checked it thou) #net.inet.ip.portrange.randomized=0 # Increase portrange # For outgoing connections only. Good for seed-boxes and ftp servers. net.inet.ip.portrange.first=1024 net.inet.ip.portrange.last=65535 # # stops route cache degregation during a high-bandwidth flood # http://www.freebsd.org/doc/en/books/handbook/securing-freebsd.html #net.inet.ip.rtexpire=2 net.inet.ip.rtminexpire=2 net.inet.ip.rtmaxcache=1024 # Security net.inet.ip.redirect=0 net.inet.ip.sourceroute=0 net.inet.ip.accept_sourceroute=0 net.inet.icmp.maskrepl=0 net.inet.icmp.log_redirect=0 net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect=1 net.inet.tcp.drop_synfin=1 # # There is also good example of sysctl.conf with comments: # http://www.thern.org/projects/sysctl.conf # # icmp may NOT rst, helpful for those pesky spoofed # icmp/udp floods that end up taking up your outgoing # bandwidth/ifqueue due to all that outgoing RST traffic. # #net.inet.tcp.icmp_may_rst=0 # Security net.inet.udp.blackhole=1 net.inet.tcp.blackhole=2 # IPv6 Security # For more info see http://www.fosslc.org/drupal/content/security-implications-ipv6 # Disable Node info replies # To see this vulnerability in action run `ping6 -a sglAac ::1` or `ping6 -w ::1` on unprotected node net.inet6.icmp6.nodeinfo=0 # Turn on IPv6 privacy extensions # For more info see proposal http://unix.derkeiler.com/Mailing-Lists/FreeBSD/net/2008-06/msg00103.html net.inet6.ip6.use_tempaddr=1 net.inet6.ip6.prefer_tempaddr=1 # Disable ICMP redirect net.inet6.icmp6.rediraccept=0 # Disable acceptation of RA and auto linklocal generation if you don't use them #net.inet6.ip6.accept_rtadv=0 #net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal=0 # Increases default TTL, sometimes useful # Default is 64 net.inet.ip.ttl=128 # Lessen max segment life to conserve resources # ACK waiting time in miliseconds # (default: 30000. RFC from 1979 recommends 120000) net.inet.tcp.msl=5000 # Max bumber of timewait sockets net.inet.tcp.maxtcptw=200000 # Don't use tw on local connections # As of 15 Apr 2009. Igor Sysoev says that nolocaltimewait has some buggy realization. # So disable it or now till get fixed #net.inet.tcp.nolocaltimewait=1 # FIN_WAIT_2 state fast recycle net.inet.tcp.fast_finwait2_recycle=1 # Time before tcp keepalive probe is sent # default is 2 hours (7200000) #net.inet.tcp.keepidle=60000 # Should be increased until net.inet.ip.intr_queue_drops is zero net.inet.ip.intr_queue_maxlen=4096 # Interrupt handling via multiple CPU, but with context switch. # You can play with it. Default is 1; #net.isr.direct=0 # This is for routers only #net.inet.ip.forwarding=1 #net.inet.ip.fastforwarding=1 # This speed ups dummynet when channel isn't saturated net.inet.ip.dummynet.io_fast=1 # Increase dummynet(4) hash #net.inet.ip.dummynet.hash_size=2048 #net.inet.ip.dummynet.max_chain_len # Should be increased when you have A LOT of files on server # (Increase until vfs.ufs.dirhash_mem becomes lower) vfs.ufs.dirhash_maxmem=67108864 # Note from commit http://svn.freebsd.org/base/head@211031 : # For systems with RAID volumes and/or virtualization envirnments, where # read performance is very important, increasing this sysctl tunable to 32 # or even more will demonstratively yield additional performance benefits. vfs.read_max=32 # Explicit Congestion Notification (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Explicit_Congestion_Notification) net.inet.tcp.ecn.enable=1 # Flowtable - flow caching mechanism # Useful for routers #net.inet.flowtable.enable=1 #net.inet.flowtable.nmbflows=65535 # Extreme polling tuning #kern.polling.burst_max=1000 #kern.polling.each_burst=1000 #kern.polling.reg_frac=100 #kern.polling.user_frac=1 #kern.polling.idle_poll=0 # IPFW dynamic rules and timeouts tuning # Increase dyn_buckets till net.inet.ip.fw.curr_dyn_buckets is lower net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_buckets=65536 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_max=65536 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_ack_lifetime=120 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_syn_lifetime=10 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_fin_lifetime=2 net.inet.ip.fw.dyn_short_lifetime=10 # Make packets pass firewall only once when using dummynet # i.e. packets going thru pipe are passing out from firewall with accept #net.inet.ip.fw.one_pass=1 # shm_use_phys Wires all shared pages, making them unswappable # Use this to lessen Virtual Memory Manager's work when using Shared Mem. # Useful for databases #kern.ipc.shm_use_phys=1 # ZFS # Enable prefetch. Useful for sequential load type i.e fileserver. # FreeBSD sets vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable to 1 on any i386 systems and # on any amd64 systems with less than 4GB of avaiable memory # For additional info check this nabble thread http://old.nabble.com/Samba-read-speed-performance-tuning-td27964534.html #vfs.zfs.prefetch_disable=0 # On highload servers you may notice following message in dmesg: # "Approaching the limit on PV entries, consider increasing either the # vm.pmap.shpgperproc or the vm.pmap.pv_entry_max tunable" vm.pmap.shpgperproc=2048 loader.conf: # Accept filters for data, http and DNS requests # Useful when your software uses select() instead of kevent/kqueue or when you under DDoS # DNS accf available on 8.0+ accf_data_load="YES" accf_http_load="YES" accf_dns_load="YES" # Async IO system calls aio_load="YES" # Linux specific devices in /dev # As for 8.1 it only /dev/full #lindev_load="YES" # Adds NCQ support in FreeBSD # WARNING! all ad[0-9]+ devices will be renamed to ada[0-9]+ # 8.0+ only #ahci_load="YES" #siis_load="YES" # FreeBSD 8.2+ # New Congestion Control for FreeBSD # http://caia.swin.edu.au/urp/newtcp/tools/cc_chd-readme-0.1.txt # http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/78/slides/iccrg-5.pdf # Initial merge commit message http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg31410.html #cc_chd_load="YES" # Increase kernel memory size to 3G. # # Use ONLY if you have KVA_PAGES in kernel configuration, and you have more than 3G RAM # Otherwise panic will happen on next reboot! # # It's required for high buffer sizes: kern.ipc.nmbjumbop, kern.ipc.nmbclusters, etc # Useful on highload stateful firewalls, proxies or ZFS fileservers # (FreeBSD 7.2+ amd64 users: Check that current value is lower!) #vm.kmem_size="3G" # If your server has lots of swap (>4Gb) you should increase following value # according to http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-hackers/2009-October/029616.html # Otherwise you'll be getting errors # "kernel: swap zone exhausted, increase kern.maxswzone" # kern.maxswzone="256M" # Older versions of FreeBSD can't tune maxfiles on the fly #kern.maxfiles="200000" # Useful for databases # Sets maximum data size to 1G # (FreeBSD 7.2+ amd64 users: Check that current value is lower!) #kern.maxdsiz="1G" # Maximum buffer size(vfs.maxbufspace) # You can check current one via vfs.bufspace # Should be lowered/upped depending on server's load-type # Usually decreased to preserve kmem # (default is 10% of mem) #kern.maxbcache="512M" # Sendfile buffers # For i386 only #kern.ipc.nsfbufs=10240 # FreeBSD 9+ # HPET "legacy route" support. It should allow HPET to work per-CPU # See http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg03603.html #hint.atrtc.0.clock=0 #hint.attimer.0.clock=0 #hint.hpet.0.legacy_route=1 # syncache Hash table tuning net.inet.tcp.syncache.hashsize=1024 net.inet.tcp.syncache.bucketlimit=512 net.inet.tcp.syncache.cachelimit=65536 # Increased hostcache # Later host cache can be viewed via net.inet.tcp.hostcache.list hidden sysctl # Very useful for it's RTT RTTVAR # Must be power of two net.inet.tcp.hostcache.hashsize=65536 # hashsize * bucketlimit (which is 30 by default) # It allocates 255Mb (1966080*136) of RAM net.inet.tcp.hostcache.cachelimit=1966080 # TCP control-block Hash table tuning net.inet.tcp.tcbhashsize=4096 # Disable ipfw deny all # Should be uncommented when there is a chance that # kernel and ipfw binary may be out-of sync on next reboot #net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=1 # # SIFTR (Statistical Information For TCP Research) is a kernel module that # logs a range of statistics on active TCP connections to a log file. # See prerelease notes http://groups.google.com/group/mailing.freebsd.current/browse_thread/thread/b4c18be6cdce76e4 # and man 4 sitfr #siftr_load="YES" # Enable superpages, for 7.2+ only # Also read http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-hackers/2009-November/030094.html vm.pmap.pg_ps_enabled=1 # Usefull if you are using Intel-Gigabit NIC #hw.em.rxd=4096 #hw.em.txd=4096 #hw.em.rx_process_limit="-1" # Also if you have ALOT interrupts on NIC - play with following parameters # NOTE: You should set them for every NIC #dev.em.0.rx_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.tx_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.rx_abs_int_delay: 250 #dev.em.0.tx_abs_int_delay: 250 # There is also multithreaded version of em/igb drivers can be found here: # http://people.yandex-team.ru/~wawa/ # # for additional em monitoring and statistics use # sysctl dev.em.0.stats=1 ; dmesg # sysctl dev.em.0.debug=1 ; dmesg # Also after r209242 (-CURRENT) there is a separate sysctl for each stat variable; # Same tunings for igb #hw.igb.rxd=4096 #hw.igb.txd=4096 #hw.igb.rx_process_limit=100 # Some useful netisr tunables. See sysctl net.isr #net.isr.maxthreads=4 #net.isr.defaultqlimit=4096 #net.isr.maxqlimit: 10240 # Bind netisr threads to CPUs #net.isr.bindthreads=1 # # FreeBSD 9.x+ # Increase interface send queue length # See commit message http://svn.freebsd.org/viewvc/base?view=revision&revision=207554 #net.link.ifqmaxlen=1024 # Nicer boot logo =) loader_logo="beastie" And finally here is KERNCONF: # Just some of them, see also # cat /sys/{i386,amd64,}/conf/NOTES # This one useful only on i386 #options KVA_PAGES=512 # You can play with HZ in environments with high interrupt rate (default is 1000) # 100 is for my notebook to prolong it's battery life #options HZ=100 # Polling is goot on network loads with high packet rates and low-end NICs # NB! Do not enable it if you want more than one netisr thread #options DEVICE_POLLING # Eliminate datacopy on socket read-write # To take advantage with zero copy sockets you should have an MTU >= 4k # This req. is only for receiving data. # Read more in man zero_copy_sockets # Also this epic thread on kernel trap: # http://kerneltrap.org/node/6506 # Here Linus says that "anybody that does it that way (FreeBSD) is totally incompetent" #options ZERO_COPY_SOCKETS # Support TCP sign. Used for IPSec options TCP_SIGNATURE # There was stackoverflow found in KAME IPSec stack: # See http://secunia.com/advisories/43995/ # For quick workaround you can use `ipfw add deny proto ipcomp` options IPSEC # This ones can be loaded as modules. They described in loader.conf section #options ACCEPT_FILTER_DATA #options ACCEPT_FILTER_HTTP # Adding ipfw, also can be loaded as modules options IPFIREWALL # On 8.1+ you can disable verbose to see blocked packets on ipfw0 interface. # Also there is no point in compiling verbose into the kernel, because # now there is net.inet.ip.fw.verbose tunable. #options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE #options IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=10 options IPFIREWALL_FORWARD # Adding kernel NAT options IPFIREWALL_NAT options LIBALIAS # Traffic shaping options DUMMYNET # Divert, i.e. for userspace NAT options IPDIVERT # This is for OpenBSD's pf firewall device pf device pflog # pf's QoS - ALTQ options ALTQ options ALTQ_CBQ # Class Bases Queuing (CBQ) options ALTQ_RED # Random Early Detection (RED) options ALTQ_RIO # RED In/Out options ALTQ_HFSC # Hierarchical Packet Scheduler (HFSC) options ALTQ_PRIQ # Priority Queuing (PRIQ) options ALTQ_NOPCC # Required for SMP build # Pretty console # Manual can be found here http://forums.freebsd.org/showthread.php?t=6134 #options VESA #options SC_PIXEL_MODE # Disable reboot on Ctrl Alt Del #options SC_DISABLE_REBOOT # Change normal|kernel messages color options SC_NORM_ATTR=(FG_GREEN|BG_BLACK) options SC_KERNEL_CONS_ATTR=(FG_YELLOW|BG_BLACK) # More scroll space options SC_HISTORY_SIZE=8192 # Adding hardware crypto device device crypto device cryptodev # Useful network interfaces device vlan device tap #Virtual Ethernet driver device gre #IP over IP tunneling device if_bridge #Bridge interface device pfsync #synchronization interface for PF device carp #Common Address Redundancy Protocol device enc #IPsec interface device lagg #Link aggregation interface device stf #IPv4-IPv6 port # Also for my notebook, but may be used with Opteron device amdtemp # Same for Intel processors device coretemp # man 4 cpuctl device cpuctl # CPU control pseudo-device # Support for ECMP. More than one route for destination # Works even with default route so one can use it as LB for two ISP # For now code is unstable and panics (panic: rtfree 2) on route deletions. #options RADIX_MPATH # Multicast routing #options MROUTING #options PIM # Debug & DTrace options KDB # Kernel debugger related code options KDB_TRACE # Print a stack trace for a panic options KDTRACE_FRAME # amd64-only(?) options KDTRACE_HOOKS # all architectures - enable general DTrace hooks #options DDB #options DDB_CTF # all architectures - kernel ELF linker loads CTF data # Adaptive spining in lockmgr (8.x+) # See http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg10782.html options ADAPTIVE_LOCKMGRS # UTF-8 in console (8.x+) #options TEKEN_UTF8 # FreeBSD 8.1+ # Deadlock resolver thread # For additional information see http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg18124.html # (FYI: "resolution" is panic so use with caution) #options DEADLKRES # Increase maximum size of Raw I/O and sendfile(2) readahead #options MAXPHYS=(1024*1024) #options MAXBSIZE=(1024*1024) # For scheduler debug enable following option. # Debug will be available via `kern.sched.stats` sysctl # For more information see http://svnweb.freebsd.org/base/head/sys/conf/NOTES?view=markup #options SCHED_STATS If you are tuning network for maximum performance you may wish to play with ifconfig options like: # You can list all capabilities via `ifconfig -m` ifconfig [-]rxcsum [-]txcsum [-]tso [-]lro mtu In case you've enabled DDB in kernel config, you should edit your /etc/ddb.conf and add something like this to enable automatic reboot (and textdump as bonus): script kdb.enter.panic=textdump set; capture on; show pcpu; bt; ps; alltrace; capture off; call doadump; reset script kdb.enter.default=textdump set; capture on; bt; ps; capture off; call doadump; reset And do not forget to add ddb_enable="YES" to /etc/rc.conf Since FreeBSD 9 you can select to enable/disable flowcontrol on your NIC: # See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ethernet_flow_control and # http://www.mail-archive.com/[email protected]/msg07927.html for additional info ifconfig bge0 media auto mediaopt flowcontrol PS. Also most of FreeBSD's limits can be monitored by # vmstat -z and # limits PPS. variety of network counters can be monitored via # netstat -s In FreeBSD-9 netstat's -Q option appeared, try following command to display netisr stats # netstat -Q PPPS. also see # man 7 tuning PPPPS. I wanted to thank FreeBSD community, especially author of nginx - Igor Sysoev, nginx-ru@ and FreeBSD-performance@ mailing lists for providing useful information about FreeBSD tuning. FreeBSD WIP * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 7? * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 8? * Whats cooking for FreeBSD 9? So here is the question: What tunings are you using on yours FreeBSD servers? You can also post your /etc/sysctl.conf, /boot/loader.conf, kernel options, etc with description of its' meaning (do not copy-paste from sysctl -d). Don't forget to specify server type (web, smb, gateway, etc) Let's share experience!

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Hosting the Razor Engine for Templating in Non-Web Applications

    - by Rick Strahl
    Microsoft’s new Razor HTML Rendering Engine that is currently shipping with ASP.NET MVC previews can be used outside of ASP.NET. Razor is an alternative view engine that can be used instead of the ASP.NET Page engine that currently works with ASP.NET WebForms and MVC. It provides a simpler and more readable markup syntax and is much more light weight in terms of functionality than the full blown WebForms Page engine, focusing only on features that are more along the lines of a pure view engine (or classic ASP!) with focus on expression and code rendering rather than a complex control/object model. Like the Page engine though, the parser understands .NET code syntax which can be embedded into templates, and behind the scenes the engine compiles markup and script code into an executing piece of .NET code in an assembly. Although it ships as part of the ASP.NET MVC and WebMatrix the Razor Engine itself is not directly dependent on ASP.NET or IIS or HTTP in any way. And although there are some markup and rendering features that are optimized for HTML based output generation, Razor is essentially a free standing template engine. And what’s really nice is that unlike the ASP.NET Runtime, Razor is fairly easy to host inside of your own non-Web applications to provide templating functionality. Templating in non-Web Applications? Yes please! So why might you host a template engine in your non-Web application? Template rendering is useful in many places and I have a number of applications that make heavy use of it. One of my applications – West Wind Html Help Builder - exclusively uses template based rendering to merge user supplied help text content into customizable and executable HTML markup templates that provide HTML output for CHM style HTML Help. This is an older product and it’s not actually using .NET at the moment – and this is one reason I’m looking at Razor for script hosting at the moment. For a few .NET applications though I’ve actually used the ASP.NET Runtime hosting to provide templating and mail merge style functionality and while that works reasonably well it’s a very heavy handed approach. It’s very resource intensive and has potential issues with versioning in various different versions of .NET. The generic implementation I created in the article above requires a lot of fix up to mimic an HTTP request in a non-HTTP environment and there are a lot of little things that have to happen to ensure that the ASP.NET runtime works properly most of it having nothing to do with the templating aspect but just satisfying ASP.NET’s requirements. The Razor Engine on the other hand is fairly light weight and completely decoupled from the ASP.NET runtime and the HTTP processing. Rather it’s a pure template engine whose sole purpose is to render text templates. Hosting this engine in your own applications can be accomplished with a reasonable amount of code (actually just a few lines with the tools I’m about to describe) and without having to fake HTTP requests. It’s also much lighter on resource usage and you can easily attach custom properties to your base template implementation to easily pass context from the parent application into templates all of which was rather complicated with ASP.NET runtime hosting. Installing the Razor Template Engine You can get Razor as part of the MVC 3 (RC and later) or Web Matrix. Both are available as downloadable components from the Web Platform Installer Version 3.0 (!important – V2 doesn’t show these components). If you already have that version of the WPI installed just fire it up. You can get the latest version of the Web Platform Installer from here: http://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx Once the platform Installer 3.0 is installed install either MVC 3 or ASP.NET Web Pages. Once installed you’ll find a System.Web.Razor assembly in C:\Program Files\Microsoft ASP.NET\ASP.NET Web Pages\v1.0\Assemblies\System.Web.Razor.dll which you can add as a reference to your project. Creating a Wrapper The basic Razor Hosting API is pretty simple and you can host Razor with a (large-ish) handful of lines of code. I’ll show the basics of it later in this article. However, if you want to customize the rendering and handle assembly and namespace includes for the markup as well as deal with text and file inputs as well as forcing Razor to run in a separate AppDomain so you can unload the code-generated assemblies and deal with assembly caching for re-used templates little more work is required to create something that is more easily reusable. For this reason I created a Razor Hosting wrapper project that combines a bunch of this functionality into an easy to use hosting class, a hosting factory that can load the engine in a separate AppDomain and a couple of hosting containers that provided folder based and string based caching for templates for an easily embeddable and reusable engine with easy to use syntax. If you just want the code and play with the samples and source go grab the latest code from the Subversion Repository at: http://www.west-wind.com:8080/svn/articles/trunk/RazorHosting/ or a snapshot from: http://www.west-wind.com/files/tools/RazorHosting.zip Getting Started Before I get into how hosting with Razor works, let’s take a look at how you can get up and running quickly with the wrapper classes provided. It only takes a few lines of code. The easiest way to use these Razor Hosting Wrappers is to use one of the two HostContainers provided. One is for hosting Razor scripts in a directory and rendering them as relative paths from these script files on disk. The other HostContainer serves razor scripts from string templates… Let’s start with a very simple template that displays some simple expressions, some code blocks and demonstrates rendering some data from contextual data that you pass to the template in the form of a ‘context’. Here’s a simple Razor template: @using System.Reflection Hello @Context.FirstName! Your entry was entered on: @Context.Entered @{ // Code block: Update the host Windows Form passed in through the context Context.WinForm.Text = "Hello World from Razor at " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); } AppDomain Id: @AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName Assembly: @Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().FullName Code based output: @{ // Write output with Response object from code string output = string.Empty; for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { output += i.ToString() + " "; } Response.Write(output); } Pretty easy to see what’s going on here. The only unusual thing in this code is the Context object which is an arbitrary object I’m passing from the host to the template by way of the template base class. I’m also displaying the current AppDomain and the executing Assembly name so you can see how compiling and running a template actually loads up new assemblies. Also note that as part of my context I’m passing a reference to the current Windows Form down to the template and changing the title from within the script. It’s a silly example, but it demonstrates two-way communication between host and template and back which can be very powerful. The easiest way to quickly render this template is to use the RazorEngine<TTemplateBase> class. The generic parameter specifies a template base class type that is used by Razor internally to generate the class it generates from a template. The default implementation provided in my RazorHosting wrapper is RazorTemplateBase. Here’s a simple one that renders from a string and outputs a string: var engine = new RazorEngine<RazorTemplateBase>(); // we can pass any object as context - here create a custom context var context = new CustomContext() { WinForm = this, FirstName = "Rick", Entered = DateTime.Now.AddDays(-10) }; string output = engine.RenderTemplate(this.txtSource.Text new string[] { "System.Windows.Forms.dll" }, context); if (output == null) this.txtResult.Text = "*** ERROR:\r\n" + engine.ErrorMessage; else this.txtResult.Text = output; Simple enough. This code renders a template from a string input and returns a result back as a string. It  creates a custom context and passes that to the template which can then access the Context’s properties. Note that anything passed as ‘context’ must be serializable (or MarshalByRefObject) – otherwise you get an exception when passing the reference over AppDomain boundaries (discussed later). Passing a context is optional, but is a key feature in being able to share data between the host application and the template. Note that we use the Context object to access FirstName, Entered and even the host Windows Form object which is used in the template to change the Window caption from within the script! In the code above all the work happens in the RenderTemplate method which provide a variety of overloads to read and write to and from strings, files and TextReaders/Writers. Here’s another example that renders from a file input using a TextReader: using (reader = new StreamReader("templates\\simple.csHtml", true)) { result = host.RenderTemplate(reader, new string[] { "System.Windows.Forms.dll" }, this.CustomContext); } RenderTemplate() is fairly high level and it handles loading of the runtime, compiling into an assembly and rendering of the template. If you want more control you can use the lower level methods to control each step of the way which is important for the HostContainers I’ll discuss later. Basically for those scenarios you want to separate out loading of the engine, compiling into an assembly and then rendering the template from the assembly. Why? So we can keep assemblies cached. In the code above a new assembly is created for each template rendered which is inefficient and uses up resources. Depending on the size of your templates and how often you fire them you can chew through memory very quickly. This slighter lower level approach is only a couple of extra steps: // we can pass any object as context - here create a custom context var context = new CustomContext() { WinForm = this, FirstName = "Rick", Entered = DateTime.Now.AddDays(-10) }; var engine = new RazorEngine<RazorTemplateBase>(); string assId = null; using (StringReader reader = new StringReader(this.txtSource.Text)) { assId = engine.ParseAndCompileTemplate(new string[] { "System.Windows.Forms.dll" }, reader); } string output = engine.RenderTemplateFromAssembly(assId, context); if (output == null) this.txtResult.Text = "*** ERROR:\r\n" + engine.ErrorMessage; else this.txtResult.Text = output; The difference here is that you can capture the assembly – or rather an Id to it – and potentially hold on to it to render again later assuming the template hasn’t changed. The HostContainers take advantage of this feature to cache the assemblies based on certain criteria like a filename and file time step or a string hash that if not change indicate that an assembly can be reused. Note that ParseAndCompileTemplate returns an assembly Id rather than the assembly itself. This is done so that that the assembly always stays in the host’s AppDomain and is not passed across AppDomain boundaries which would cause load failures. We’ll talk more about this in a minute but for now just realize that assemblies references are stored in a list and are accessible by this ID to allow locating and re-executing of the assembly based on that id. Reuse of the assembly avoids recompilation overhead and creation of yet another assembly that loads into the current AppDomain. You can play around with several different versions of the above code in the main sample form:   Using Hosting Containers for more Control and Caching The above examples simply render templates into assemblies each and every time they are executed. While this works and is even reasonably fast, it’s not terribly efficient. If you render templates more than once it would be nice if you could cache the generated assemblies for example to avoid re-compiling and creating of a new assembly each time. Additionally it would be nice to load template assemblies into a separate AppDomain optionally to be able to be able to unload assembli es and also to protect your host application from scripting attacks with malicious template code. Hosting containers provide also provide a wrapper around the RazorEngine<T> instance, a factory (which allows creation in separate AppDomains) and an easy way to start and stop the container ‘runtime’. The Razor Hosting samples provide two hosting containers: RazorFolderHostContainer and StringHostContainer. The folder host provides a simple runtime environment for a folder structure similar in the way that the ASP.NET runtime handles a virtual directory as it’s ‘application' root. Templates are loaded from disk in relative paths and the resulting assemblies are cached unless the template on disk is changed. The string host also caches templates based on string hashes – if the same string is passed a second time a cached version of the assembly is used. Here’s how HostContainers work. I’ll use the FolderHostContainer because it’s likely the most common way you’d use templates – from disk based templates that can be easily edited and maintained on disk. The first step is to create an instance of it and keep it around somewhere (in the example it’s attached as a property to the Form): RazorFolderHostContainer Host = new RazorFolderHostContainer(); public RazorFolderHostForm() { InitializeComponent(); // The base path for templates - templates are rendered with relative paths // based on this path. Host.TemplatePath = Path.Combine(Environment.CurrentDirectory, TemplateBaseFolder); // Add any assemblies you want reference in your templates Host.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("System.Windows.Forms.dll"); // Start up the host container Host.Start(); } Next anytime you want to render a template you can use simple code like this: private void RenderTemplate(string fileName) { // Pass the template path via the Context var relativePath = Utilities.GetRelativePath(fileName, Host.TemplatePath); if (!Host.RenderTemplate(relativePath, this.Context, Host.RenderingOutputFile)) { MessageBox.Show("Error: " + Host.ErrorMessage); return; } this.webBrowser1.Navigate("file://" + Host.RenderingOutputFile); } You can also render the output to a string instead of to a file: string result = Host.RenderTemplateToString(relativePath,context); Finally if you want to release the engine and shut down the hosting AppDomain you can simply do: Host.Stop(); Stopping the AppDomain and restarting it (ie. calling Stop(); followed by Start()) is also a nice way to release all resources in the AppDomain. The FolderBased domain also supports partial Rendering based on root path based relative paths with the same caching characteristics as the main templates. From within a template you can call out to a partial like this: @RenderPartial(@"partials\PartialRendering.cshtml", Context) where partials\PartialRendering.cshtml is a relative to the template root folder. The folder host example lets you load up templates from disk and display the result in a Web Browser control which demonstrates using Razor HTML output from templates that contain HTML syntax which happens to me my target scenario for Html Help Builder.   The Razor Engine Wrapper Project The project I created to wrap Razor hosting has a fair bit of code and a number of classes associated with it. Most of the components are internally used and as you can see using the final RazorEngine<T> and HostContainer classes is pretty easy. The classes are extensible and I suspect developers will want to build more customized host containers for their applications. Host containers are the key to wrapping up all functionality – Engine, BaseTemplate, AppDomain Hosting, Caching etc in a logical piece that is ready to be plugged into an application. When looking at the code there are a couple of core features provided: Core Razor Engine Hosting This is the core Razor hosting which provides the basics of loading a template, compiling it into an assembly and executing it. This is fairly straightforward, but without a host container that can cache assemblies based on some criteria templates are recompiled and re-created each time which is inefficient (although pretty fast). The base engine wrapper implementation also supports hosting the Razor runtime in a separate AppDomain for security and the ability to unload it on demand. Host Containers The engine hosting itself doesn’t provide any sort of ‘runtime’ service like picking up files from disk, caching assemblies and so forth. So my implementation provides two HostContainers: RazorFolderHostContainer and RazorStringHostContainer. The FolderHost works off a base directory and loads templates based on relative paths (sort of like the ASP.NET runtime does off a virtual). The HostContainers also deal with caching of template assemblies – for the folder host the file date is tracked and checked for updates and unless the template is changed a cached assembly is reused. The StringHostContainer similiarily checks string hashes to figure out whether a particular string template was previously compiled and executed. The HostContainers also act as a simple startup environment and a single reference to easily store and reuse in an application. TemplateBase Classes The template base classes are the base classes that from which the Razor engine generates .NET code. A template is parsed into a class with an Execute() method and the class is based on this template type you can specify. RazorEngine<TBaseTemplate> can receive this type and the HostContainers default to specific templates in their base implementations. Template classes are customizable to allow you to create templates that provide application specific features and interaction from the template to your host application. How does the RazorEngine wrapper work? You can browse the source code in the links above or in the repository or download the source, but I’ll highlight some key features here. Here’s part of the RazorEngine implementation that can be used to host the runtime and that demonstrates the key code required to host the Razor runtime. The RazorEngine class is implemented as a generic class to reflect the Template base class type: public class RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> : MarshalByRefObject where TBaseTemplateType : RazorTemplateBase The generic type is used to internally provide easier access to the template type and assignments on it as part of the template processing. The class also inherits MarshalByRefObject to allow execution over AppDomain boundaries – something that all the classes discussed here need to do since there is much interaction between the host and the template. The first two key methods deal with creating a template assembly: /// <summary> /// Creates an instance of the RazorHost with various options applied. /// Applies basic namespace imports and the name of the class to generate /// </summary> /// <param name="generatedNamespace"></param> /// <param name="generatedClass"></param> /// <returns></returns> protected RazorTemplateEngine CreateHost(string generatedNamespace, string generatedClass) { Type baseClassType = typeof(TBaseTemplateType); RazorEngineHost host = new RazorEngineHost(new CSharpRazorCodeLanguage()); host.DefaultBaseClass = baseClassType.FullName; host.DefaultClassName = generatedClass; host.DefaultNamespace = generatedNamespace; host.NamespaceImports.Add("System"); host.NamespaceImports.Add("System.Text"); host.NamespaceImports.Add("System.Collections.Generic"); host.NamespaceImports.Add("System.Linq"); host.NamespaceImports.Add("System.IO"); return new RazorTemplateEngine(host); } /// <summary> /// Parses and compiles a markup template into an assembly and returns /// an assembly name. The name is an ID that can be passed to /// ExecuteTemplateByAssembly which picks up a cached instance of the /// loaded assembly. /// /// </summary> /// <param name="namespaceOfGeneratedClass">The namespace of the class to generate from the template</param> /// <param name="generatedClassName">The name of the class to generate from the template</param> /// <param name="ReferencedAssemblies">Any referenced assemblies by dll name only. Assemblies must be in execution path of host or in GAC.</param> /// <param name="templateSourceReader">Textreader that loads the template</param> /// <remarks> /// The actual assembly isn't returned here to allow for cross-AppDomain /// operation. If the assembly was returned it would fail for cross-AppDomain /// calls. /// </remarks> /// <returns>An assembly Id. The Assembly is cached in memory and can be used with RenderFromAssembly.</returns> public string ParseAndCompileTemplate( string namespaceOfGeneratedClass, string generatedClassName, string[] ReferencedAssemblies, TextReader templateSourceReader) { RazorTemplateEngine engine = CreateHost(namespaceOfGeneratedClass, generatedClassName); // Generate the template class as CodeDom GeneratorResults razorResults = engine.GenerateCode(templateSourceReader); // Create code from the codeDom and compile CSharpCodeProvider codeProvider = new CSharpCodeProvider(); CodeGeneratorOptions options = new CodeGeneratorOptions(); // Capture Code Generated as a string for error info // and debugging LastGeneratedCode = null; using (StringWriter writer = new StringWriter()) { codeProvider.GenerateCodeFromCompileUnit(razorResults.GeneratedCode, writer, options); LastGeneratedCode = writer.ToString(); } CompilerParameters compilerParameters = new CompilerParameters(ReferencedAssemblies); // Standard Assembly References compilerParameters.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("System.dll"); compilerParameters.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("System.Core.dll"); compilerParameters.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("Microsoft.CSharp.dll"); // dynamic support! // Also add the current assembly so RazorTemplateBase is available compilerParameters.ReferencedAssemblies.Add(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().CodeBase.Substring(8)); compilerParameters.GenerateInMemory = Configuration.CompileToMemory; if (!Configuration.CompileToMemory) compilerParameters.OutputAssembly = Path.Combine(Configuration.TempAssemblyPath, "_" + Guid.NewGuid().ToString("n") + ".dll"); CompilerResults compilerResults = codeProvider.CompileAssemblyFromDom(compilerParameters, razorResults.GeneratedCode); if (compilerResults.Errors.Count > 0) { var compileErrors = new StringBuilder(); foreach (System.CodeDom.Compiler.CompilerError compileError in compilerResults.Errors) compileErrors.Append(String.Format(Resources.LineX0TColX1TErrorX2RN, compileError.Line, compileError.Column, compileError.ErrorText)); this.SetError(compileErrors.ToString() + "\r\n" + LastGeneratedCode); return null; } AssemblyCache.Add(compilerResults.CompiledAssembly.FullName, compilerResults.CompiledAssembly); return compilerResults.CompiledAssembly.FullName; } Think of the internal CreateHost() method as setting up the assembly generated from each template. Each template compiles into a separate assembly. It sets up namespaces, and assembly references, the base class used and the name and namespace for the generated class. ParseAndCompileTemplate() then calls the CreateHost() method to receive the template engine generator which effectively generates a CodeDom from the template – the template is turned into .NET code. The code generated from our earlier example looks something like this: //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // <auto-generated> // This code was generated by a tool. // Runtime Version:4.0.30319.1 // // Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if // the code is regenerated. // </auto-generated> //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ namespace RazorTest { using System; using System.Text; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.IO; using System.Reflection; public class RazorTemplate : RazorHosting.RazorTemplateBase { #line hidden public RazorTemplate() { } public override void Execute() { WriteLiteral("Hello "); Write(Context.FirstName); WriteLiteral("! Your entry was entered on: "); Write(Context.Entered); WriteLiteral("\r\n\r\n"); // Code block: Update the host Windows Form passed in through the context Context.WinForm.Text = "Hello World from Razor at " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); WriteLiteral("\r\nAppDomain Id:\r\n "); Write(AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName); WriteLiteral("\r\n \r\nAssembly:\r\n "); Write(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().FullName); WriteLiteral("\r\n\r\nCode based output: \r\n"); // Write output with Response object from code string output = string.Empty; for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { output += i.ToString() + " "; } } } } Basically the template’s body is turned into code in an Execute method that is called. Internally the template’s Write method is fired to actually generate the output. Note that the class inherits from RazorTemplateBase which is the generic parameter I used to specify the base class when creating an instance in my RazorEngine host: var engine = new RazorEngine<RazorTemplateBase>(); This template class must be provided and it must implement an Execute() and Write() method. Beyond that you can create any class you chose and attach your own properties. My RazorTemplateBase class implementation is very simple: public class RazorTemplateBase : MarshalByRefObject, IDisposable { /// <summary> /// You can pass in a generic context object /// to use in your template code /// </summary> public dynamic Context { get; set; } /// <summary> /// Class that generates output. Currently ultra simple /// with only Response.Write() implementation. /// </summary> public RazorResponse Response { get; set; } public object HostContainer {get; set; } public object Engine { get; set; } public RazorTemplateBase() { Response = new RazorResponse(); } public virtual void Write(object value) { Response.Write(value); } public virtual void WriteLiteral(object value) { Response.Write(value); } /// <summary> /// Razor Parser implements this method /// </summary> public virtual void Execute() {} public virtual void Dispose() { if (Response != null) { Response.Dispose(); Response = null; } } } Razor fills in the Execute method when it generates its subclass and uses the Write() method to output content. As you can see I use a RazorResponse() class here to generate output. This isn’t necessary really, as you could use a StringBuilder or StringWriter() directly, but I prefer using Response object so I can extend the Response behavior as needed. The RazorResponse class is also very simple and merely acts as a wrapper around a TextWriter: public class RazorResponse : IDisposable { /// <summary> /// Internal text writer - default to StringWriter() /// </summary> public TextWriter Writer = new StringWriter(); public virtual void Write(object value) { Writer.Write(value); } public virtual void WriteLine(object value) { Write(value); Write("\r\n"); } public virtual void WriteFormat(string format, params object[] args) { Write(string.Format(format, args)); } public override string ToString() { return Writer.ToString(); } public virtual void Dispose() { Writer.Close(); } public virtual void SetTextWriter(TextWriter writer) { // Close original writer if (Writer != null) Writer.Close(); Writer = writer; } } The Rendering Methods of RazorEngine At this point I’ve talked about the assembly generation logic and the template implementation itself. What’s left is that once you’ve generated the assembly is to execute it. The code to do this is handled in the various RenderXXX methods of the RazorEngine class. Let’s look at the lowest level one of these which is RenderTemplateFromAssembly() and a couple of internal support methods that handle instantiating and invoking of the generated template method: public string RenderTemplateFromAssembly( string assemblyId, string generatedNamespace, string generatedClass, object context, TextWriter outputWriter) { this.SetError(); Assembly generatedAssembly = AssemblyCache[assemblyId]; if (generatedAssembly == null) { this.SetError(Resources.PreviouslyCompiledAssemblyNotFound); return null; } string className = generatedNamespace + "." + generatedClass; Type type; try { type = generatedAssembly.GetType(className); } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(Resources.UnableToCreateType + className + ": " + ex.Message); return null; } // Start with empty non-error response (if we use a writer) string result = string.Empty; using(TBaseTemplateType instance = InstantiateTemplateClass(type)) { if (instance == null) return null; if (outputWriter != null) instance.Response.SetTextWriter(outputWriter); if (!InvokeTemplateInstance(instance, context)) return null; // Capture string output if implemented and return // otherwise null is returned if (outputWriter == null) result = instance.Response.ToString(); } return result; } protected virtual TBaseTemplateType InstantiateTemplateClass(Type type) { TBaseTemplateType instance = Activator.CreateInstance(type) as TBaseTemplateType; if (instance == null) { SetError(Resources.CouldnTActivateTypeInstance + type.FullName); return null; } instance.Engine = this; // If a HostContainer was set pass that to the template too instance.HostContainer = this.HostContainer; return instance; } /// <summary> /// Internally executes an instance of the template, /// captures errors on execution and returns true or false /// </summary> /// <param name="instance">An instance of the generated template</param> /// <returns>true or false - check ErrorMessage for errors</returns> protected virtual bool InvokeTemplateInstance(TBaseTemplateType instance, object context) { try { instance.Context = context; instance.Execute(); } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(Resources.TemplateExecutionError + ex.Message); return false; } finally { // Must make sure Response is closed instance.Response.Dispose(); } return true; } The RenderTemplateFromAssembly method basically requires the namespace and class to instantate and creates an instance of the class using InstantiateTemplateClass(). It then invokes the method with InvokeTemplateInstance(). These two methods are broken out because they are re-used by various other rendering methods and also to allow subclassing and providing additional configuration tasks to set properties and pass values to templates at execution time. In the default mode instantiation sets the Engine and HostContainer (discussed later) so the template can call back into the template engine, and the context is set when the template method is invoked. The various RenderXXX methods use similar code although they create the assemblies first. If you’re after potentially cashing assemblies the method is the one to call and that’s exactly what the two HostContainer classes do. More on that in a minute, but before we get into HostContainers let’s talk about AppDomain hosting and the like. Running Templates in their own AppDomain With the RazorEngine class above, when a template is parsed into an assembly and executed the assembly is created (in memory or on disk – you can configure that) and cached in the current AppDomain. In .NET once an assembly has been loaded it can never be unloaded so if you’re loading lots of templates and at some time you want to release them there’s no way to do so. If however you load the assemblies in a separate AppDomain that new AppDomain can be unloaded and the assemblies loaded in it with it. In order to host the templates in a separate AppDomain the easiest thing to do is to run the entire RazorEngine in a separate AppDomain. Then all interaction occurs in the other AppDomain and no further changes have to be made. To facilitate this there is a RazorEngineFactory which has methods that can instantiate the RazorHost in a separate AppDomain as well as in the local AppDomain. The host creates the remote instance and then hangs on to it to keep it alive as well as providing methods to shut down the AppDomain and reload the engine. Sounds complicated but cross-AppDomain invocation is actually fairly easy to implement. Here’s some of the relevant code from the RazorEngineFactory class. Like the RazorEngine this class is generic and requires a template base type in the generic class name: public class RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType> where TBaseTemplateType : RazorTemplateBase Here are the key methods of interest: /// <summary> /// Creates an instance of the RazorHost in a new AppDomain. This /// version creates a static singleton that that is cached and you /// can call UnloadRazorHostInAppDomain to unload it. /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public static RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> CreateRazorHostInAppDomain() { if (Current == null) Current = new RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType>(); return Current.GetRazorHostInAppDomain(); } public static void UnloadRazorHostInAppDomain() { if (Current != null) Current.UnloadHost(); Current = null; } /// <summary> /// Instance method that creates a RazorHost in a new AppDomain. /// This method requires that you keep the Factory around in /// order to keep the AppDomain alive and be able to unload it. /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> GetRazorHostInAppDomain() { LocalAppDomain = CreateAppDomain(null); if (LocalAppDomain == null) return null; /// Create the instance inside of the new AppDomain /// Note: remote domain uses local EXE's AppBasePath!!! RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> host = null; try { Assembly ass = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); string AssemblyPath = ass.Location; host = (RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType>) LocalAppDomain.CreateInstanceFrom(AssemblyPath, typeof(RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType>).FullName).Unwrap(); } catch (Exception ex) { ErrorMessage = ex.Message; return null; } return host; } /// <summary> /// Internally creates a new AppDomain in which Razor templates can /// be run. /// </summary> /// <param name="appDomainName"></param> /// <returns></returns> private AppDomain CreateAppDomain(string appDomainName) { if (appDomainName == null) appDomainName = "RazorHost_" + Guid.NewGuid().ToString("n"); AppDomainSetup setup = new AppDomainSetup(); // *** Point at current directory setup.ApplicationBase = AppDomain.CurrentDomain.BaseDirectory; AppDomain localDomain = AppDomain.CreateDomain(appDomainName, null, setup); return localDomain; } /// <summary> /// Allow unloading of the created AppDomain to release resources /// All internal resources in the AppDomain are released including /// in memory compiled Razor assemblies. /// </summary> public void UnloadHost() { if (this.LocalAppDomain != null) { AppDomain.Unload(this.LocalAppDomain); this.LocalAppDomain = null; } } The static CreateRazorHostInAppDomain() is the key method that startup code usually calls. It uses a Current singleton instance to an instance of itself that is created cross AppDomain and is kept alive because it’s static. GetRazorHostInAppDomain actually creates a cross-AppDomain instance which first creates a new AppDomain and then loads the RazorEngine into it. The remote Proxy instance is returned as a result to the method and can be used the same as a local instance. The code to run with a remote AppDomain is simple: private RazorEngine<RazorTemplateBase> CreateHost() { if (this.Host != null) return this.Host; // Use Static Methods - no error message if host doesn't load this.Host = RazorEngineFactory<RazorTemplateBase>.CreateRazorHostInAppDomain(); if (this.Host == null) { MessageBox.Show("Unable to load Razor Template Host", "Razor Hosting", MessageBoxButtons.OK, MessageBoxIcon.Exclamation); } return this.Host; } This code relies on a local reference of the Host which is kept around for the duration of the app (in this case a form reference). To use this you’d simply do: this.Host = CreateHost(); if (host == null) return; string result = host.RenderTemplate( this.txtSource.Text, new string[] { "System.Windows.Forms.dll", "Westwind.Utilities.dll" }, this.CustomContext); if (result == null) { MessageBox.Show(host.ErrorMessage, "Template Execution Error", MessageBoxButtons.OK, MessageBoxIcon.Exclamation); return; } this.txtResult.Text = result; Now all templates run in a remote AppDomain and can be unloaded with simple code like this: RazorEngineFactory<RazorTemplateBase>.UnloadRazorHostInAppDomain(); this.Host = null; One Step further – Providing a caching ‘Runtime’ Once we can load templates in a remote AppDomain we can add some additional functionality like assembly caching based on application specific features. One of my typical scenarios is to render templates out of a scripts folder. So all templates live in a folder and they change infrequently. So a Folder based host that can compile these templates once and then only recompile them if something changes would be ideal. Enter host containers which are basically wrappers around the RazorEngine<t> and RazorEngineFactory<t>. They provide additional logic for things like file caching based on changes on disk or string hashes for string based template inputs. The folder host also provides for partial rendering logic through a custom template base implementation. There’s a base implementation in RazorBaseHostContainer, which provides the basics for hosting a RazorEngine, which includes the ability to start and stop the engine, cache assemblies and add references: public abstract class RazorBaseHostContainer<TBaseTemplateType> : MarshalByRefObject where TBaseTemplateType : RazorTemplateBase, new() { public RazorBaseHostContainer() { UseAppDomain = true; GeneratedNamespace = "__RazorHost"; } /// <summary> /// Determines whether the Container hosts Razor /// in a separate AppDomain. Seperate AppDomain /// hosting allows unloading and releasing of /// resources. /// </summary> public bool UseAppDomain { get; set; } /// <summary> /// Base folder location where the AppDomain /// is hosted. By default uses the same folder /// as the host application. /// /// Determines where binary dependencies are /// found for assembly references. /// </summary> public string BaseBinaryFolder { get; set; } /// <summary> /// List of referenced assemblies as string values. /// Must be in GAC or in the current folder of the host app/ /// base BinaryFolder /// </summary> public List<string> ReferencedAssemblies = new List<string>(); /// <summary> /// Name of the generated namespace for template classes /// </summary> public string GeneratedNamespace {get; set; } /// <summary> /// Any error messages /// </summary> public string ErrorMessage { get; set; } /// <summary> /// Cached instance of the Host. Required to keep the /// reference to the host alive for multiple uses. /// </summary> public RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> Engine; /// <summary> /// Cached instance of the Host Factory - so we can unload /// the host and its associated AppDomain. /// </summary> protected RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType> EngineFactory; /// <summary> /// Keep track of each compiled assembly /// and when it was compiled. /// /// Use a hash of the string to identify string /// changes. /// </summary> protected Dictionary<int, CompiledAssemblyItem> LoadedAssemblies = new Dictionary<int, CompiledAssemblyItem>(); /// <summary> /// Call to start the Host running. Follow by a calls to RenderTemplate to /// render individual templates. Call Stop when done. /// </summary> /// <returns>true or false - check ErrorMessage on false </returns> public virtual bool Start() { if (Engine == null) { if (UseAppDomain) Engine = RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType>.CreateRazorHostInAppDomain(); else Engine = RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType>.CreateRazorHost(); Engine.Configuration.CompileToMemory = true; Engine.HostContainer = this; if (Engine == null) { this.ErrorMessage = EngineFactory.ErrorMessage; return false; } } return true; } /// <summary> /// Stops the Host and releases the host AppDomain and cached /// assemblies. /// </summary> /// <returns>true or false</returns> public bool Stop() { this.LoadedAssemblies.Clear(); RazorEngineFactory<RazorTemplateBase>.UnloadRazorHostInAppDomain(); this.Engine = null; return true; } … } This base class provides most of the mechanics to host the runtime, but no application specific implementation for rendering. There are rendering functions but they just call the engine directly and provide no caching – there’s no context to decide how to cache and reuse templates. The key methods are Start and Stop and their main purpose is to start a new AppDomain (optionally) and shut it down when requested. The RazorFolderHostContainer – Folder Based Runtime Hosting Let’s look at the more application specific RazorFolderHostContainer implementation which is defined like this: public class RazorFolderHostContainer : RazorBaseHostContainer<RazorTemplateFolderHost> Note that a customized RazorTemplateFolderHost class template is used for this implementation that supports partial rendering in form of a RenderPartial() method that’s available to templates. The folder host’s features are: Render templates based on a Template Base Path (a ‘virtual’ if you will) Cache compiled assemblies based on the relative path and file time stamp File changes on templates cause templates to be recompiled into new assemblies Support for partial rendering using base folder relative pathing As shown in the startup examples earlier host containers require some startup code with a HostContainer tied to a persistent property (like a Form property): // The base path for templates - templates are rendered with relative paths // based on this path. HostContainer.TemplatePath = Path.Combine(Environment.CurrentDirectory, TemplateBaseFolder); // Default output rendering disk location HostContainer.RenderingOutputFile = Path.Combine(HostContainer.TemplatePath, "__Preview.htm"); // Add any assemblies you want reference in your templates HostContainer.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("System.Windows.Forms.dll"); // Start up the host container HostContainer.Start(); Once that’s done, you can render templates with the host container: // Pass the template path for full filename seleted with OpenFile Dialog // relativepath is: subdir\file.cshtml or file.cshtml or ..\file.cshtml var relativePath = Utilities.GetRelativePath(fileName, HostContainer.TemplatePath); if (!HostContainer.RenderTemplate(relativePath, Context, HostContainer.RenderingOutputFile)) { MessageBox.Show("Error: " + HostContainer.ErrorMessage); return; } webBrowser1.Navigate("file://" + HostContainer.RenderingOutputFile); The most critical task of the RazorFolderHostContainer implementation is to retrieve a template from disk, compile and cache it and then deal with deciding whether subsequent requests need to re-compile the template or simply use a cached version. Internally the GetAssemblyFromFileAndCache() handles this task: /// <summary> /// Internally checks if a cached assembly exists and if it does uses it /// else creates and compiles one. Returns an assembly Id to be /// used with the LoadedAssembly list. /// </summary> /// <param name="relativePath"></param> /// <param name="context"></param> /// <returns></returns> protected virtual CompiledAssemblyItem GetAssemblyFromFileAndCache(string relativePath) { string fileName = Path.Combine(TemplatePath, relativePath).ToLower(); int fileNameHash = fileName.GetHashCode(); if (!File.Exists(fileName)) { this.SetError(Resources.TemplateFileDoesnTExist + fileName); return null; } CompiledAssemblyItem item = null; this.LoadedAssemblies.TryGetValue(fileNameHash, out item); string assemblyId = null; // Check for cached instance if (item != null) { var fileTime = File.GetLastWriteTimeUtc(fileName); if (fileTime <= item.CompileTimeUtc) assemblyId = item.AssemblyId; } else item = new CompiledAssemblyItem(); // No cached instance - create assembly and cache if (assemblyId == null) { string safeClassName = GetSafeClassName(fileName); StreamReader reader = null; try { reader = new StreamReader(fileName, true); } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(Resources.ErrorReadingTemplateFile + fileName); return null; } assemblyId = Engine.ParseAndCompileTemplate(this.ReferencedAssemblies.ToArray(), reader); // need to ensure reader is closed if (reader != null) reader.Close(); if (assemblyId == null) { this.SetError(Engine.ErrorMessage); return null; } item.AssemblyId = assemblyId; item.CompileTimeUtc = DateTime.UtcNow; item.FileName = fileName; item.SafeClassName = safeClassName; this.LoadedAssemblies[fileNameHash] = item; } return item; } This code uses a LoadedAssembly dictionary which is comprised of a structure that holds a reference to a compiled assembly, a full filename and file timestamp and an assembly id. LoadedAssemblies (defined on the base class shown earlier) is essentially a cache for compiled assemblies and they are identified by a hash id. In the case of files the hash is a GetHashCode() from the full filename of the template. The template is checked for in the cache and if not found the file stamp is checked. If that’s newer than the cache’s compilation date the template is recompiled otherwise the version in the cache is used. All the core work defers to a RazorEngine<T> instance to ParseAndCompileTemplate(). The three rendering specific methods then are rather simple implementations with just a few lines of code dealing with parameter and return value parsing: /// <summary> /// Renders a template to a TextWriter. Useful to write output into a stream or /// the Response object. Used for partial rendering. /// </summary> /// <param name="relativePath">Relative path to the file in the folder structure</param> /// <param name="context">Optional context object or null</param> /// <param name="writer">The textwriter to write output into</param> /// <returns></returns> public bool RenderTemplate(string relativePath, object context, TextWriter writer) { // Set configuration data that is to be passed to the template (any object) Engine.TemplatePerRequestConfigurationData = new RazorFolderHostTemplateConfiguration() { TemplatePath = Path.Combine(this.TemplatePath, relativePath), TemplateRelativePath = relativePath, }; CompiledAssemblyItem item = GetAssemblyFromFileAndCache(relativePath); if (item == null) { writer.Close(); return false; } try { // String result will be empty as output will be rendered into the // Response object's stream output. However a null result denotes // an error string result = Engine.RenderTemplateFromAssembly(item.AssemblyId, context, writer); if (result == null) { this.SetError(Engine.ErrorMessage); return false; } } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(ex.Message); return false; } finally { writer.Close(); } return true; } /// <summary> /// Render a template from a source file on disk to a specified outputfile. /// </summary> /// <param name="relativePath">Relative path off the template root folder. Format: path/filename.cshtml</param> /// <param name="context">Any object that will be available in the template as a dynamic of this.Context</param> /// <param name="outputFile">Optional - output file where output is written to. If not specified the /// RenderingOutputFile property is used instead /// </param> /// <returns>true if rendering succeeds, false on failure - check ErrorMessage</returns> public bool RenderTemplate(string relativePath, object context, string outputFile) { if (outputFile == null) outputFile = RenderingOutputFile; try { using (StreamWriter writer = new StreamWriter(outputFile, false, Engine.Configuration.OutputEncoding, Engine.Configuration.StreamBufferSize)) { return RenderTemplate(relativePath, context, writer); } } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(ex.Message); return false; } return true; } /// <summary> /// Renders a template to string. Useful for RenderTemplate /// </summary> /// <param name="relativePath"></param> /// <param name="context"></param> /// <returns></returns> public string RenderTemplateToString(string relativePath, object context) { string result = string.Empty; try { using (StringWriter writer = new StringWriter()) { // String result will be empty as output will be rendered into the // Response object's stream output. However a null result denotes // an error if (!RenderTemplate(relativePath, context, writer)) { this.SetError(Engine.ErrorMessage); return null; } result = writer.ToString(); } } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(ex.Message); return null; } return result; } The idea is that you can create custom host container implementations that do exactly what you want fairly easily. Take a look at both the RazorFolderHostContainer and RazorStringHostContainer classes for the basic concepts you can use to create custom implementations. Notice also that you can set the engine’s PerRequestConfigurationData() from the host container: // Set configuration data that is to be passed to the template (any object) Engine.TemplatePerRequestConfigurationData = new RazorFolderHostTemplateConfiguration() { TemplatePath = Path.Combine(this.TemplatePath, relativePath), TemplateRelativePath = relativePath, }; which when set to a non-null value is passed to the Template’s InitializeTemplate() method. This method receives an object parameter which you can cast as needed: public override void InitializeTemplate(object configurationData) { // Pick up configuration data and stuff into Request object RazorFolderHostTemplateConfiguration config = configurationData as RazorFolderHostTemplateConfiguration; this.Request.TemplatePath = config.TemplatePath; this.Request.TemplateRelativePath = config.TemplateRelativePath; } With this data you can then configure any custom properties or objects on your main template class. It’s an easy way to pass data from the HostContainer all the way down into the template. The type you use is of type object so you have to cast it yourself, and it must be serializable since it will likely run in a separate AppDomain. This might seem like an ugly way to pass data around – normally I’d use an event delegate to call back from the engine to the host, but since this is running over AppDomain boundaries events get really tricky and passing a template instance back up into the host over AppDomain boundaries doesn’t work due to serialization issues. So it’s easier to pass the data from the host down into the template using this rather clumsy approach of set and forward. It’s ugly, but it’s something that can be hidden in the host container implementation as I’ve done here. It’s also not something you have to do in every implementation so this is kind of an edge case, but I know I’ll need to pass a bunch of data in some of my applications and this will be the easiest way to do so. Summing Up Hosting the Razor runtime is something I got jazzed up about quite a bit because I have an immediate need for this type of templating/merging/scripting capability in an application I’m working on. I’ve also been using templating in many apps and it’s always been a pain to deal with. The Razor engine makes this whole experience a lot cleaner and more light weight and with these wrappers I can now plug .NET based templating into my code literally with a few lines of code. That’s something to cheer about… I hope some of you will find this useful as well… Resources The examples and code require that you download the Razor runtimes. Projects are for Visual Studio 2010 running on .NET 4.0 Platform Installer 3.0 (install WebMatrix or MVC 3 for Razor Runtimes) Latest Code in Subversion Repository Download Snapshot of the Code Documentation (CHM Help File) © Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2010Posted in ASP.NET  .NET  

    Read the article

  • 26 Days: Countdown to Oracle OpenWorld 2012

    - by Michael Snow
    Welcome to our countdown to Oracle OpenWorld! Oracle OpenWorld 2012 is just around the corner. In less than 26 days, San Francisco will be invaded by an expected 50,000 people from all over the world. Here on the Oracle WebCenter team, we’ve all been working to help make the experience a great one for all our WebCenter customers. For a sneak peak  – we’ll be spending this week giving you a teaser of what to look forward to if you are joining us in San Francisco from September 30th through October 4th. We have Oracle WebCenter sessions covering all topics imaginable. Take a look and use the tools we provide to build out your schedule in advance and reserve your seats in your favorite sessions.  That gives you plenty of time to plan for your week with us in San Francisco. If unfortunately, your boss denied your request to attend - there are still some ways that you can join in the experience virtually On-Demand. This year - we are expanding even more up North of Market Street and will be taking over Union Square as well. Check out this map of San Francisco to get a sense of how much of a footprint Oracle OpenWorld has grown to this year. With so much to see and so many sessions to learn from - its no wonder that people get excited. Add to that a good mix of fun and all of the possible WebCenter sessions you could attend - you won't want to sleep at all to take full advantage of such an opportunity. We'll also have our annual WebCenter Customer Appreciation reception - stay tuned this week for some more info on registration to make sure you'll be able to join us. If you've been following the America's Cup at all and believe in EXTREME PERFORMANCE you'll definitely want to take a look at this video from last year's OpenWorld Keynote. 12.00 Normal 0 false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE MicrosoftInternetExplorer4 /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-family:"Calibri","sans-serif"; mso-ascii- mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; mso-hansi- mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} Important OpenWorld Links:  Attendee / Presenters Toolkit Oracle Schedule Builder WebCenter Sessions (listed in the catalog under Fusion Middleware as "Portals, Sites, Content, and Collaboration" ) Oracle Music Festival - AMAZING Line up!!  Oracle Customer Appreciation Night -LOOK HERE!! Oracle OpenWorld LIVE On-Demand Here are all the WebCenter sessions broken down by day for your viewing pleasure. Monday, October 1st CON8885 - Simplify CRM Engagement with Contextual Collaboration Are your sales teams disconnected and disengaged? Do you want a tool for easily connecting expertise across your organization and providing visibility into the complete sales process? Do you want a way to enhance and retain organization knowledge? Oracle Social Network is the answer. Attend this session to learn how to make CRM easy, effective, and efficient for use across virtual sales teams. Also learn how Oracle Social Network can drive sales force collaboration with natural conversations throughout the sales cycle, promote sales team productivity through purposeful social networking without the noise, and build cross-team knowledge by integrating conversations with CRM and other business applications. CON8268 - Oracle WebCenter Strategy: Engaging Your Customers. Empowering Your Business Oracle WebCenter is a user engagement platform for social business, connecting people and information. Attend this session to learn about the Oracle WebCenter strategy, and understand where Oracle is taking the platform to help companies engage customers, empower employees, and enable partners. Business success starts with ensuring that everyone is engaged with the right people and the right information and can access what they need through the channel of their choice—Web, mobile, or social. Are you giving customers, employees, and partners the best-possible experience? Come learn how you can! ¶ HOL10208 - Add Social Capabilities to Your Enterprise Applications Oracle Social Network enables you to add real-time collaboration capabilities into your enterprise applications, so that conversations can happen directly within your business systems. In this hands-on lab, you will try out the Oracle Social Network product to collaborate with other attendees, using real-time conversations with document sharing capabilities. Next you will embed social capabilities into a sample Web-based enterprise application, using embedded UI components. Experts will also write simple REST-based integrations, using the Oracle Social Network API to programmatically create social interactions. ¶ CON8893 - Improve Employee Productivity with Intuitive and Social Work Environments Social technologies have already transformed the ways customers, employees, partners, and suppliers communicate and stay informed. Forward-thinking organizations today need technologies and infrastructures to help them advance to the next level and integrate social activities with business applications to deliver a user experience that simplifies business processes and enterprise application engagement. Attend this session to hear from an innovative Oracle Social Network customer and learn how you can improve productivity with intuitive and social work environments and empower your employees with innovative social tools to enable contextual access to content and dynamic personalization of solutions. ¶ CON8270 - Oracle WebCenter Content Strategy and Vision Oracle WebCenter provides a strategic content infrastructure for managing documents, images, e-mails, and rich media files. With a single repository, organizations can address any content use case, such as accounts payable, HR onboarding, document management, compliance, records management, digital asset management, or Website management. In this session, learn about future plans for how Oracle WebCenter will address new use cases as well as new integrations with Oracle Fusion Middleware and Oracle Applications, leveraging your investments by making your users more productive and error-free. ¶ CON8269 - Oracle WebCenter Sites Strategy and Vision Oracle’s Web experience management solution, Oracle WebCenter Sites, enables organizations to use the online channel to drive customer acquisition and brand loyalty. It helps marketers and business users easily create and manage contextually relevant, social, interactive online experiences across multiple channels on a global scale. In this session, learn about future plans for how Oracle WebCenter Sites will provide you with the tools, capabilities, and integrations you need in order to continue to address your customers’ evolving requirements for engaging online experiences and keep moving your business forward. ¶ CON8896 - Living with SharePoint SharePoint is a popular platform, but it’s not always the best fit for Oracle customers. In this session, you’ll discover the technical and nontechnical limitations and pitfalls of SharePoint and learn about Oracle alternatives for collaboration, portals, enterprise and Web content management, social computing, and application integration. The presentation shows you how to integrate with SharePoint when business or IT requirements dictate and covers cloud-based (Office 365) and on-premises versions of SharePoint. Presented by a former Microsoft director of SharePoint product management and backed by independent customer research, this session will prepare you to answer the question “Why don’t we just use SharePoint for that?’ the next time it comes up in your organization. ¶ CON7843 - Content-Enabling Enterprise Processes with Oracle WebCenter Organizations today continually strive to automate business processes, reduce costs, and improve efficiency. Many business processes are content-intensive and unstructured, requiring ad hoc collaboration, and distributed in nature, requiring many approvals and generating huge volumes of paper. In this session, learn how Oracle and SYSTIME have partnered to help a customer content-enable its enterprise with Oracle WebCenter Content and Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g and integrate them with Oracle Applications. ¶ CON6114 - Tape Robotics’ Newest Superhero: Now Fueled by Oracle Software For small, midsize, and rapidly growing businesses that want the most energy-efficient, scalable storage infrastructure to meet their rapidly growing data demands, Oracle’s most recent addition to its award-winning tape portfolio leverages several pieces of Oracle software. With Oracle Linux, Oracle WebLogic, and Oracle Fusion Middleware tools, the library achieves a higher level of usability than previous products while offering customers a familiar interface for management, plus ease of use. This session examines the competitive advantages of the tape library and how Oracle software raises customer satisfaction. Learn how the combination of Oracle engineered systems, Oracle Secure Backup, and Oracle’s StorageTek tape libraries provide end-to-end coverage of your data. ¶ CON9437 - Mobile Access Management With more than five billion mobile devices on the planet and an increasing number of users using their own devices to access corporate data and applications, securely extending identity management to mobile devices has become a hot topic. This session focuses on how to extend your existing identity management infrastructure and policies to securely and seamlessly enable mobile user access. CON7815 - Customer Experience Online in Cloud: Oracle WebCenter Sites, Oracle ATG Apps, Oracle Exalogic Oracle WebCenter Sites and Oracle’s ATG product line together can provide a compelling marketing and e-commerce experience. When you couple them with the extreme performance of Oracle Exalogic, you’ll see unmatched scalability that provides you with a true cloud-based solution. In this session, you’ll learn how running Oracle WebCenter Sites and ATG applications on Oracle Exalogic delivers both a private and a public cloud experience. Find out what it takes to get these systems working together and delivering engaging Web experiences. Even if you aren’t considering Oracle Exalogic today, the rich Web experience of Oracle WebCenter, paired with the depth of the ATG product line, can provide your business full support, from merchandising through sale completion. ¶ CON8271 - Oracle WebCenter Portal Strategy and Vision To innovate and keep a competitive edge, organizations need to leverage the power of agile and responsive Web applications. Oracle WebCenter Portal enables you to do just that, by delivering intuitive user experiences for enterprise applications to drive innovation with composite applications and mashups. Attend this session to learn firsthand from customers how Oracle WebCenter Portal extends the value of existing enterprise applications, business processes, and content; delivers a superior business user experience; and maximizes limited IT resources. ¶ CON8880 - The Connected Customer Experience Begins with the Online Channel There’s a lot of talk these days about how to connect the customer journey across various touchpoints—from Websites and e-commerce to call centers and in-store—to provide experiences that are more relevant and engaging and ultimately gain competitive edge. Doing it all at once isn’t a realistic objective, so where do you start? Come to this session, and hear about three steps you can take that can help you begin your journey toward delivering the connected customer experience. You’ll hear how Oracle now has an integrated digital marketing platform for your corporate Website, your e-commerce site, your self-service portal, and your marketing and loyalty campaigns, and you’ll learn what you can do today to begin executing on your customer experience initiatives. ¶ GEN11451 - General Session: Building Mobile Applications with Oracle Cloud With the prevalence of smart mobile devices, companies are facing an increased demand to provide access to data and applications from new channels. However, developing applications for mobile devices poses some unique challenges. Come to this session to learn how Oracle addresses these challenges, offering a simpler way to develop and deploy cross-device mobile applications. See how Oracle Cloud enables you to access applications, data, and services from mobile channels in an easier way.  CON8272 - Oracle Social Network Strategy and Vision One key way of increasing employee productivity is by bringing people, processes, and information together—providing new social capabilities to enable business users to quickly correspond and collaborate on business activities. Oracle WebCenter provides a user engagement platform with social and collaborative technologies to empower business users to focus on their key business processes, applications, and content in the context of their role and process. Attend this session to hear how the latest social capabilities in Oracle Social Network are enabling organizations to transform themselves into social businesses.  --- Tuesday, October 2nd HOL10194 - Enterprise Content Management Simplified: Oracle WebCenter Content’s Next-Generation UI Regardless of the nature of your business, unstructured content underpins many of its daily functions. Whether you are working with traditional presentations, spreadsheets, or text documents—or even with digital assets such as images and multimedia files—your content needs to be accessible and manageable in convenient and intuitive ways to make working with the content easier. Additionally, you need the ability to easily share documents with coworkers to facilitate a collaborative working environment. Come to this session to see how Oracle WebCenter Content’s next-generation user interface helps modern knowledge workers easily manage personal and enterprise documents in a collaborative environment.¶ CON8877 - Develop a Mobile Strategy with Oracle WebCenter: Engage Customers, Employees, and Partners Mobile technology has gone from nice-to-have to a cornerstone of user engagement. Mobile access enables users to have information available at their fingertips, enabling them to take action the moment they make a decision, interact in the moment of convenience, and take advantage of new service offerings in their preferred channels. All your employees have your mobile applications in their pocket; now what are you going to do? It is a critical step for companies to think through what their employees, customers, and partners really need on their devices. Attend this session to see how Oracle WebCenter enables you to better engage your customers, employees, and partners by providing a unified experience across multiple channels. ¶ CON9447 - Enabling Access for Hundreds of Millions of Users How do you grow your business by identifying, authenticating, authorizing, and federating users on the Web, leveraging social identity and the open source OAuth protocol? How do you scale your access management solution to support hundreds of millions of users? With social identity support out of the box, Oracle’s access management solution is also benchmarked for 250-million-user deployment according to real-world customer scenarios. In this session, you will learn about the social identity capability and the 250-million-user benchmark testing of Oracle Access Manager and Oracle Adaptive Access Manager running on Oracle Exalogic and Oracle Exadata. ¶ HOL10207 - Build an Intranet Portal with Oracle WebCenter In this hands-on lab, you’ll work with Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to build out an enterprise portal that maximizes the productivity of teams and individual contributors. Using browser-based tools, you’ll manage site resources such as page styles, templates, and navigation. You’ll edit content stored in Oracle WebCenter Content directly from your portal. You’ll also experience the latest features that promote collaboration, social networking, and personal productivity. ¶ CON2906 - Get Proactive: Best Practices for Maintaining Oracle Fusion Middleware You chose Oracle Fusion Middleware products to help your organization deliver superior business results. Now learn how to take full advantage of your software with all the great tools, resources, and product updates you’re entitled to through Oracle Support. In this session, Oracle product experts provide proven best practices to help you work more efficiently, plan and prepare for upgrades and patching more effectively, and manage risk. Topics include configuration management tools, remote diagnostics, My Oracle Support Community, and My Oracle Support Lifecycle Advisors. New users and Oracle Fusion Middleware experts alike are guaranteed to leave with fresh ideas and practical, easy-to-implement next steps. ¶ CON8878 - Oracle WebCenter’s Cloud Strategy: From Social and Platform Services to Mashups Cloud computing represents a paradigm shift in how we build applications, automate processes, collaborate, and share and in how we secure our enterprise. Additionally, as you adopt cloud-based services in your organization, it’s likely that you will still have many critical on-premises applications running. With these mixed environments, multiple user interfaces, different security, and multiple datasources and content sources, how do you start evolving your strategy to account for these challenges? Oracle WebCenter offers a complete array of technologies enabling you to solve these challenges and prepare you for the cloud. Attend this session to learn how you can use Oracle WebCenter in the cloud as well as create on-premises and cloud application mash-ups. ¶ CON8901 - Optimize Enterprise Business Processes with Oracle WebCenter and Oracle BPM Do you have business processes that span multiple applications? Are you grappling with how to have visibility across these business processes; how to manage content that is associated with these processes; and, most importantly, how to model and optimize these business processes? Attend this session to hear how Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Process Management provide a unique set of integrated solutions to provide a composite application dashboard across these business processes and offer a solution for content-centric business processes. ¶ CON8883 - Deliver Engaging Interfaces to Oracle Applications with Oracle WebCenter Critical business processes live within enterprise applications, and application users need to manage and execute these processes as effectively as possible. Oracle provides a comprehensive user engagement platform to increase user productivity and optimize overall processes within Oracle Applications—Oracle E-Business Suite and Oracle’s Siebel, PeopleSoft, and JD Edwards product families—and third-party applications. Attend this session to learn how you can integrate these applications with Oracle WebCenter to deliver composite application dashboards to your end users—whether they are your customers, partners, or employees—for enhanced usability and Web 2.0–enabled enterprise portals.¶ Wednesday, October 3rd CON8895 - Future-Ready Intranets: How Aramark Re-engineered the Application Landscape There are essential techniques and technologies you can use to deliver employee portals that garner higher productivity, improve business efficiency, and increase user engagement. Attend this session to learn how you can leverage Oracle WebCenter Portal as a user engagement platform for bringing together business process management, enterprise content management, and business intelligence into a highly relevant and integrated experience. Hear how Aramark has leveraged Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to deliver a unified workspace providing simpler navigation and processing, consolidation of tools, easy access to information, integrated search, and single sign-on. ¶ CON8886 - Content Consolidation: Save Money, Increase Efficiency, and Eliminate Silos Organizations are looking for ways to save money and be more efficient. With content in many different places, it’s difficult to know where to look for a document and whether the document is the most current version. With Oracle WebCenter, content can be consolidated into one best-of-breed repository that is secure, scalable, and integrated with your business processes and applications. Users can find the content they need, where they need it, and ensure that it is the right content. This session covers content challenges that affect your business; content consolidation that can lead to savings in storage and administration costs and can lower risks; and how companies are realizing savings. ¶ CON8911 - Improve Online Experiences for Customers and Partners with Self-Service Portals Are you able to provide your customers and partners an easy-to-use online self-service experience? Are you processing high-volume transactions and struggling with call center bottlenecks or back-end systems that won’t integrate, causing order delays and customer frustration? Are you looking to target content such as product and service offerings to your end users? This session shares approaches to providing targeted delivery as well as strategies and best practices for transforming your business by providing an intuitive user experience for your customers and partners. ¶ CON6156 - Top 10 Ways to Integrate Oracle WebCenter Content This session covers 10 common ways to integrate Oracle WebCenter Content with other enterprise applications and middleware. It discusses out-of-the-box modules that provide expanded features in Oracle WebCenter Content—such as enterprise search, SOA, and BPEL—as well as developer tools you can use to create custom integrations. The presentation also gives guidance on which integration option may work best in your environment. ¶ HOL10207 - Build an Intranet Portal with Oracle WebCenter In this hands-on lab, you’ll work with Oracle WebCenter Portal and Oracle WebCenter Content to build out an enterprise portal that maximizes the productivity of teams and individual contributors. Using browser-based tools, you’ll manage site resources such as page styles, templates, and navigation. You’ll edit content stored in Oracle WebCenter Content directly from your portal. You’ll also experience the latest features that promote collaboration, social networking, and personal productivity. ¶ CON7817 - Migration to Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g Customers today continually strive to automate business processes, reduce costs, and improve efficiency. The accounts payable process—which is often distributed in nature, requires many approvals, and generates huge volumes of paper invoices—is automated by many customers. In this session, learn how Oracle and SYSTIME have partnered to help a customer migrate its existing Oracle Imaging and Process Management Release 7.6 to the latest Oracle WebCenter Imaging 11g and integrate it with Oracle’s JD Edwards family of products. ¶ CON8910 - How to Engage Customers Across Web, Mobile, and Social Channels Whether on desktops at the office, on tablets at home, or on mobile phones when on the go, today’s customers are always connected. To engage today’s customers, you need to make the online customer experience connected and consistent across a host of devices and multiple channels, including Web, mobile, and social networks. Managing this multichannel environment can result in lots of headaches without the right tools. Attend this session to learn how Oracle WebCenter Sites solves the challenge of multichannel customer engagement. ¶ HOL10206 - Oracle WebCenter Sites 11g: Transforming the Content Contributor Experience Oracle WebCenter Sites 11g makes it easy for marketers and business users to contribute to and manage Websites with the new visual, contextual, and intuitive Web authoring interface. In this hands-on lab, you will create and manage content for a sports-themed Website, using many of the new and enhanced features of the 11g release. ¶ CON8900 - Building Next-Generation Portals: An Interactive Customer Panel Discussion Social and collaborative technologies have changed how people interact, learn, and collaborate, and providing a modern, social Web presence is imperative to remain competitive in today’s market. Can your business benefit from a more collaborative and interactive portal environment for employees, customers, and partners? Attend this session to hear from Oracle WebCenter Portal customers as they share their strategies and best practices for providing users with a modern experience that adapts to their needs and includes personalized access to content in context. The panel also addresses how customers have benefited from creating next-generation portals by migrating from older portal technologies to Oracle WebCenter Portal. ¶ CON9625 - Taking Control of Oracle WebCenter Security Organizations are increasingly looking to extend their Oracle WebCenter portal for social business, to serve external users and provide seamless access to the right information. In particular, many organizations are extending Oracle WebCenter in a business-to-business scenario requiring secure identification and authorization of business partners and their users. This session focuses on how customers are leveraging, securing, and providing access control to Oracle WebCenter portal and mobile solutions. You will learn best practices and hear real-world examples of how to provide flexible and granular access control for Oracle WebCenter deployments, using Oracle Platform Security Services and Oracle Access Management Suite product offerings. ¶ CON8891 - Extending Social into Enterprise Applications and Business Processes Oracle Social Network is an extensible social platform that enables contextual collaboration within enterprise applications and business processes, providing relevant data from across various enterprise systems in one place. Attend this session to see how an Oracle Social Network customer is integrating multiple applications—such as CRM, HCM, and business processes—into Oracle Social Network and Oracle WebCenter to enable individuals and teams to solve complex cross-organizational business problems more effectively by utilizing the social enterprise. ¶ Thursday, October 4th CON8899 - Becoming a Social Business: Stories from the Front Lines of Change What does it really mean to be a social business? How can you change our organization to embrace social approaches? What pitfalls do you need to avoid? In this lively panel discussion, customer and industry thought leaders in social business explore these topics and more as they share their stories of the good, the bad, and the ugly that can happen when embracing social methods and technologies to improve business success. Using moderated questions and open Q&A from the audience, the panel discusses vital topics such as the critical factors for success, the major issues to avoid, how to gain senior executive support for social efforts, how to handle undesired behavior, and how to measure business impact. It takes a thought-provoking look at becoming a social business from the inside. ¶ CON6851 - Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition to Create Vendor Portals Large manufacturers of grocery items routinely find themselves depending on the inventory management expertise of their wholesalers and distributors. Inventory costs can be managed more efficiently by the manufacturers if they have better insight into the inventory levels of items carried by their distributors. This creates a unique opportunity for distributors and wholesalers to leverage this knowledge into a revenue-generating subscription service. Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition and Oracle WebCenter Portal play a key part in enabling creation of business-managed business intelligence portals for vendors. This session discusses one customer that implemented this by leveraging Oracle WebCenter and Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition. ¶ CON8879 - Provide a Personalized and Consistent Customer Experience in Your Websites and Portals Your customers engage with your company online in different ways throughout their journey—from prospecting by acquiring information on your corporate Website to transacting through self-service applications on your customer portal—and then the cycle begins again when they look for new products and services. Ensuring that the customer experience is consistent and personalized across online properties—from branding and content to interactions and transactions—can be a daunting task. Oracle WebCenter enables you to speak and interact with your customers with one voice across your Websites and portals by providing an integrated platform for delivery of self-service and engagement that unifies and personalizes the online experience. Learn more in this session. ¶ CON8898 - Land Mines, Potholes, and Dirt Roads: Navigating the Way to ECM Nirvana Ten years ago, people were predicting that by this time in history, we’d be some kind of utopian paperless society. As we all know, we’re not there yet, but are we getting closer? What is keeping companies from driving down the road to enterprise content management bliss? Most people understand that using ECM as a central platform enables organizations to expedite document-centric processes, but most business processes in organizations are still heavily paper-based. Many of these processes could be automated and improved with an ECM platform infrastructure. In this panel discussion, you’ll hear from Oracle WebCenter customers that have already solved some of these challenges as they share their strategies for success and roads to avoid along your journey. ¶ CON8908 - Oracle WebCenter Portal: Creating and Using Content Presenter Templates Oracle WebCenter Portal applications use task flows to display and integrate content stored in the Oracle WebCenter Content server. Among the most flexible task flows is Content Presenter, which renders various types of content on an Oracle WebCenter Portal page. Although Oracle WebCenter Portal comes with a set of predefined Content Presenter templates, developers can create their own templates for specific rendering needs. This session shows the lifecycle of developing Content Presenter task flows, including how to create, package, import, modify at runtime, and use such templates. In addition to simple examples with Oracle Application Development Framework (Oracle ADF) UI elements to render the content, it shows how to use other UI technologies, CSS files, and JavaScript libraries. ¶ CON8897 - Using Web Experience Management to Drive Online Marketing Success Every year, the online channel becomes more imperative for driving organizational top-line revenue, but for many companies, mastering how to best market their products and services in a fast-evolving online world with high customer expectations for personalized experiences can be a complex proposition. Come to this panel discussion, and hear directly from online marketers how they are succeeding today by using Web experience management to drive marketing success, using capabilities such as targeting and optimization, user-generated content, mobile site publishing, and site visitor personalization to deliver engaging online experiences. ¶ CON8892 - Oracle’s Journey to Social Business Social business is a revolution, one that is causing rapidly accelerating change in how companies and customers engage with one another and how employees work together. Oracle’s goal in becoming a social business is to create a socially connected organization in which working collaboratively across geographical locations, lines of business, and management chains is second nature, enabling innovative solutions to business challenges. We can achieve this by connecting the right people, finding the right content, communicating with the right people, collaborating at the right time, and building the right communities in the right context—all ready in the CLOUD. Attend this session to see how Oracle is transforming itself into a social business. ¶  ------------ If you've read all the way to the end here - we are REALLY looking forward to seeing you in San Francisco.

    Read the article

  • error while installing the libmemcached

    - by Ahmet vardar
    I get this while installing libmemcached root@server [/libmemcached]# make make all-am make[1]: Entering directory `/libmemcached' if /bin/sh ./libtool --tag=CXX --mode=compile g++ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I. -I. -I. -I. -ggdb -DBUILDING_HASHKIT -MT libhashkit/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.lo -MD -MP -MF "libhashkit/.deps/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.Tpo" -c -o libhashkit/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.lo `test -f 'libhashkit/aes.cc' || echo './'`libhashkit/aes.cc; \ then mv -f "libhashkit/.deps/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.Tpo" "libhashkit/.deps/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.Plo"; else rm -f "libhashkit/.deps/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.Tpo"; exit 1; fi ./libtool: line 866: X--tag=CXX: command not found ./libtool: line 899: libtool: ignoring unknown tag : command not found ./libtool: line 866: X--mode=compile: command not found ./libtool: line 1032: *** Warning: inferring the mode of operation is deprecated.: command not found ./libtool: line 1033: *** Future versions of Libtool will require --mode=MODE be specified.: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: Xg++: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-DHAVE_CONFIG_H: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-I.: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-I.: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-I.: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-I.: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-I.: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-ggdb: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-DBUILDING_HASHKIT: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-MT: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: Xlibhashkit/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.lo: No such file or directory ./libtool: line 1176: X-MD: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-MP: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: X-MF: command not found ./libtool: line 1176: Xlibhashkit/.deps/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.Tpo: No such file or directory ./libtool: line 1176: X-c: command not found ./libtool: line 1228: Xlibhashkit/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.lo: No such file or directory ./libtool: line 1233: libtool: compile: cannot determine name of library object from `': command not found make[1]: *** [libhashkit/libhashkit_libhashkit_la-aes.lo] Error 1 make[1]: Leaving directory `/libmemcached' make: *** [all] Error 2 OUTPUT OF ./configure checking build system type... x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu checking host system type... x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu checking target system type... x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu checking for a BSD-compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c checking whether build environment is sane... yes checking for gawk... gawk checking whether make sets $(MAKE)... yes checking for style of include used by make... GNU checking for gcc... gcc checking whether the C compiler works... yes checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out checking for suffix of executables... checking whether we are cross compiling... no checking for suffix of object files... o checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed checking dependency style of gcc... gcc3 checking dependency style of gcc... (cached) gcc3 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... /bin/grep checking for egrep... /bin/grep -E checking for ANSI C header files... yes checking for sys/types.h... yes checking for sys/stat.h... yes checking for stdlib.h... yes checking for string.h... yes checking for memory.h... yes checking for strings.h... yes checking for inttypes.h... yes checking for stdint.h... yes checking for unistd.h... yes checking minix/config.h usability... no checking minix/config.h presence... no checking for minix/config.h... no checking whether it is safe to define __EXTENSIONS__... yes checking for isainfo... no checking for g++... g++ checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler... yes checking whether g++ accepts -g... yes checking dependency style of g++... gcc3 checking dependency style of g++... (cached) gcc3 checking whether gcc and cc understand -c and -o together... yes checking how to create a ustar tar archive... gnutar checking whether __SUNPRO_C is declared... no checking whether __ICC is declared... no checking "C Compiler version--yes"... "gcc (GCC) 4.1.2 20080704 (Red Hat 4.1.2-52)" checking "C++ Compiler version"... "g++ (GCC) 4.1.2 20080704 (Red Hat 4.1.2-52)" checking whether time.h and sys/time.h may both be included... yes checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h... time.h checking for size_t... yes checking for special C compiler options needed for large files... no checking for _FILE_OFFSET_BITS value needed for large files... no checking for library containing clock_gettime... -lrt checking sys/socket.h usability... yes checking sys/socket.h presence... yes checking for sys/socket.h... yes checking size of off_t... 8 checking size of size_t... 8 checking size of long long... 8 checking if time_t is unsigned... no checking for setsockopt... yes checking for bind... yes checking whether the compiler provides atomic builtins... yes checking assert.h usability... yes checking assert.h presence... yes checking for assert.h... yes checking whether to enable assertions... yes checking whether it is safe to use -fdiagnostics-show-option... yes checking whether it is safe to use -floop-parallelize-all... no checking whether it is safe to use -Wextra... yes checking whether it is safe to use -Wformat... yes checking whether it is safe to use -Wconversion... no checking whether it is safe to use -Wmissing-declarations from C++... no checking whether it is safe to use -Wframe-larger-than... no checking whether it is safe to use -Wlogical-op... no checking whether it is safe to use -Wredundant-decls from C++... yes checking whether it is safe to use -Wattributes from C++... no checking whether it is safe to use -Wno-attributes... no checking for perl... perl checking for dpkg-gensymbols... no checking for lcov... no checking for genhtml... no checking for sphinx-build... no checking for working -pipe... yes checking for bison... bison checking for flex... flex checking how to print strings... printf checking for a sed that does not truncate output... /bin/sed checking for fgrep... /bin/grep -F checking for ld used by gcc... /usr/bin/ld checking if the linker (/usr/bin/ld) is GNU ld... yes checking for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)... /usr/bin/nm -B checking the name lister (/usr/bin/nm -B) interface... BSD nm checking whether ln -s works... yes checking the maximum length of command line arguments... 98304 checking whether the shell understands some XSI constructs... yes checking whether the shell understands "+="... yes checking how to convert x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu file names to x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu format... func_convert_file_noop checking how to convert x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu file names to toolchain format... func_convert_file_noop checking for /usr/bin/ld option to reload object files... -r checking for objdump... objdump checking how to recognize dependent libraries... pass_all checking for dlltool... no checking how to associate runtime and link libraries... printf %s\n checking for ar... ar checking for archiver @FILE support... @ checking for strip... strip checking for ranlib... ranlib checking command to parse /usr/bin/nm -B output from gcc object... ok checking for sysroot... no checking for mt... no checking if : is a manifest tool... no checking for dlfcn.h... yes checking for objdir... .libs checking if gcc supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions... no checking for gcc option to produce PIC... -fPIC -DPIC checking if gcc PIC flag -fPIC -DPIC works... yes checking if gcc static flag -static works... yes checking if gcc supports -c -o file.o... yes checking if gcc supports -c -o file.o... (cached) yes checking whether the gcc linker (/usr/bin/ld -m elf_x86_64) supports shared libraries... yes checking whether -lc should be explicitly linked in... no checking dynamic linker characteristics... GNU/Linux ld.so checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... immediate checking whether stripping libraries is possible... yes checking if libtool supports shared libraries... yes checking whether to build shared libraries... yes checking whether to build static libraries... yes checking how to run the C++ preprocessor... g++ -E checking for ld used by g++... /usr/bin/ld -m elf_x86_64 checking if the linker (/usr/bin/ld -m elf_x86_64) is GNU ld... yes checking whether the g++ linker (/usr/bin/ld -m elf_x86_64) supports shared libraries... yes checking for g++ option to produce PIC... -fPIC -DPIC checking if g++ PIC flag -fPIC -DPIC works... yes checking if g++ static flag -static works... yes checking if g++ supports -c -o file.o... yes checking if g++ supports -c -o file.o... (cached) yes checking whether the g++ linker (/usr/bin/ld -m elf_x86_64) supports shared libraries... yes checking dynamic linker characteristics... (cached) GNU/Linux ld.so checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... immediate checking whether the -Werror option is usable... yes checking for simple visibility declarations... yes checking for ISO C++ 98 include files... checking whether memcached executable path has been provided... no checking for memcached... /usr/local/bin/memcached checking whether memcached_sasl executable path has been provided... no checking for memcached_sasl... no checking whether gearmand executable path has been provided... no checking for gearmand... no checking libgearman/gearmand.h usability... no checking libgearman/gearmand.h presence... no checking for libgearman/gearmand.h... no checking for library containing getopt_long... none required checking for library containing gethostbyname... none required checking for the pthreads library -lpthreads... no checking whether pthreads work without any flags... yes checking for joinable pthread attribute... PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE checking if more special flags are required for pthreads... no checking for PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT... yes checking the location of cstdint... configure: WARNING: Could not find a cstdint header. <stdint.h> checking the location of cinttypes... configure: WARNING: Could not find a cinttypes header. <inttypes.h> checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... no checking for htonll... no checking for working SO_SNDTIMEO... yes checking for working SO_RCVTIMEO... yes checking for supported struct padding... yes checking for alarm... yes checking for dup2... yes checking for getline... yes checking for gettimeofday... yes checking for memchr... yes checking for memmove... yes checking for memset... yes checking for pipe2... no checking for select... yes checking for setenv... yes checking for socket... yes checking for sqrt... yes checking for strcasecmp... yes checking for strchr... yes checking for strdup... yes checking for strerror... yes checking for strtol... yes checking for strtoul... yes checking for strtoull... yes checking arpa/inet.h usability... yes checking arpa/inet.h presence... yes checking for arpa/inet.h... yes checking fcntl.h usability... yes checking fcntl.h presence... yes checking for fcntl.h... yes checking libintl.h usability... yes checking libintl.h presence... yes checking for libintl.h... yes checking limits.h usability... yes checking limits.h presence... yes checking for limits.h... yes checking malloc.h usability... yes checking malloc.h presence... yes checking for malloc.h... yes checking netdb.h usability... yes checking netdb.h presence... yes checking for netdb.h... yes checking netinet/in.h usability... yes checking netinet/in.h presence... yes checking for netinet/in.h... yes checking stddef.h usability... yes checking stddef.h presence... yes checking for stddef.h... yes checking sys/time.h usability... yes checking sys/time.h presence... yes checking for sys/time.h... yes checking execinfo.h usability... yes checking execinfo.h presence... yes checking for execinfo.h... yes checking cxxabi.h usability... yes checking cxxabi.h presence... yes checking for cxxabi.h... yes checking sys/sysctl.h usability... yes checking sys/sysctl.h presence... yes checking for sys/sysctl.h... yes checking umem.h usability... no checking umem.h presence... no checking for umem.h... no checking for C++ compiler vendor... gnu checking for working alloca.h... yes checking for alloca... yes checking for error_at_line... yes checking for pid_t... yes checking vfork.h usability... no checking vfork.h presence... no checking for vfork.h... no checking for fork... yes checking for vfork... yes checking for working fork... yes checking for working vfork... (cached) yes checking for stdlib.h... (cached) yes checking for GNU libc compatible malloc... yes checking for stdlib.h... (cached) yes checking for GNU libc compatible realloc... yes checking whether strerror_r is declared... yes checking for strerror_r... yes checking whether strerror_r returns char *... yes checking for stdbool.h that conforms to C99... yes checking for _Bool... no checking for int16_t... yes checking for int32_t... yes checking for int64_t... yes checking for int8_t... yes checking for off_t... yes checking for pid_t... (cached) yes checking for ssize_t... yes checking for uint16_t... yes checking for uint32_t... yes checking for uint64_t... yes checking for uint8_t... yes checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... (cached) no checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... yes checking for inline... inline checking for working volatile... yes checking for C/C++ restrict keyword... __restrict checking whether the compiler supports GCC C++ ABI name demangling... yes checking sasl/sasl.h usability... no checking sasl/sasl.h presence... no checking for sasl/sasl.h... no checking uuid/uuid.h usability... yes checking uuid/uuid.h presence... yes checking for uuid/uuid.h... yes checking for main in -luuid... yes checking for clock_gettime in -lrt... yes checking for floor in -lm... yes checking for sigignore... yes checking atomic.h usability... no checking atomic.h presence... no checking for atomic.h... no checking for setppriv... no checking for winsock2.h... no checking for poll.h... yes checking for sys/wait.h... yes checking for fnmatch.h... yes checking for MSG_NOSIGNAL... yes checking for MSG_DONTWAIT... yes checking for MSG_MORE... yes checking event.h usability... yes checking event.h presence... yes checking for event.h... yes checking for main in -levent... yes checking for endianness... little configure: creating ./config.status config.status: creating Makefile config.status: creating docs/conf.py config.status: creating libhashkit-1.0/configure.h config.status: creating libmemcached-1.0/configure.h config.status: creating libmemcached-1.2/configure.h config.status: creating libmemcached-2.0/configure.h config.status: creating support/libmemcached.pc config.status: creating support/libmemcached.spec config.status: creating support/libmemcached-fc.spec config.status: creating libtest/version.h config.status: creating config.h config.status: config.h is unchanged config.status: executing depfiles commands config.status: executing libtool commands --- Configuration summary for libmemcached version 1.0.6 * Installation prefix: /usr/local * System type: unknown-linux-gnu * Host CPU: x86_64 * C Compiler: gcc (GCC) 4.1.2 20080704 (Red Hat 4.1.2-52) * Assertions enabled: yes * Debug enabled: no * Warnings as failure: no * SASL support: --- anyone knows how to solve this ?

    Read the article

  • iPhone SDK vs Windows Phone 7 Series SDK Challenge, Part 1: Hello World!

    In this series, I will be taking sample applications from the iPhone SDK and implementing them on Windows Phone 7 Series.  My goal is to do as much of an apples-to-apples comparison as I can.  This series will be written to not only compare and contrast how easy or difficult it is to complete tasks on either platform, how many lines of code, etc., but Id also like it to be a way for iPhone developers to either get started on Windows Phone 7 Series development, or for developers in general to learn the platform. Heres my methodology: Run the iPhone SDK app in the iPhone Simulator to get a feel for what it does and how it works, without looking at the implementation Implement the equivalent functionality on Windows Phone 7 Series using Silverlight. Compare the two implementations based on complexity, functionality, lines of code, number of files, etc. Add some functionality to the Windows Phone 7 Series app that shows off a way to make the scenario more interesting or leverages an aspect of the platform, or uses a better design pattern to implement the functionality. You can download Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Express for Windows Phone CTP here, and the Expression Blend 4 Beta here. Hello World! Of course no first post would be allowed if it didnt focus on the hello world scenario.  The iPhone SDK follows that tradition with the Your First iPhone Application walkthrough.  I will say that the developer documentation for iPhone is pretty good.  There are plenty of walkthoughs and they break things down into nicely sized steps and do a good job of bringing the user along.  As expected, this application is quite simple.  It comprises of a text box, a label, and a button.  When you push the button, the label changes to Hello plus the  word you typed into the text box.  Makes perfect sense for a starter application.  Theres not much to this but it covers a few basic elements: Laying out basic UI Handling user input Hooking up events Formatting text     So, lets get started building a similar app for Windows Phone 7 Series! Implementing the UI: UI in Silverlight (and therefore Windows Phone 7) is defined in XAML, which is a declarative XML language also used by WPF on the desktop.  For anyone thats familiar with similar types of markup, its relatively straightforward to learn, but has a lot of power in it once you get it figured out.  Well talk more about that. This UI is very simple.  When I look at this, I note a couple of things: Elements are arranged vertically They are all centered So, lets create our Application and then start with the UI.  Once you have the the VS 2010 Express for Windows Phone tool running, create a new Windows Phone Project, and call it Hello World: Once created, youll see the designer on one side and your XAML on the other: Now, we can create our UI in one of three ways: Use the designer in Visual Studio to drag and drop the components Use the designer in Expression Blend 4 to drag and drop the components Enter the XAML by hand in either of the above Well start with (1), then kind of move to (3) just for instructional value. To develop this UI in the designer: First, delete all of the markup between inside of the Grid element (LayoutRoot).  You should be left with just this XAML for your MainPage.xaml (i shortened all the xmlns declarations below for brevity): 1: <phoneNavigation:PhoneApplicationPage 2: x:Class="HelloWorld.MainPage" 3: xmlns="...[snip]" 4: FontFamily="{StaticResource PhoneFontFamilyNormal}" 5: FontSize="{StaticResource PhoneFontSizeNormal}" 6: Foreground="{StaticResource PhoneForegroundBrush}"> 7:   8: <Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="{StaticResource PhoneBackgroundBrush}"> 9:   10: </Grid> 11:   12: </phoneNavigation:PhoneApplicationPage> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; }   Well be adding XAML at line 9, so thats the important part. Now, Click on the center area of the phone surface Open the Toolbox and double click StackPanel Double click TextBox Double click TextBlock Double click Button That will create the necessary UI elements but they wont be arranged quite right.  Well fix it in a second.    Heres the XAML that we end up with: 1: <StackPanel Height="100" HorizontalAlignment="Left" Margin="10,10,0,0" Name="stackPanel1" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="200"> 2: <TextBox Height="32" Name="textBox1" Text="TextBox" Width="100" /> 3: <TextBlock Height="23" Name="textBlock1" Text="TextBlock" /> 4: <Button Content="Button" Height="70" Name="button1" Width="160" /> 5: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } The designer does its best at guessing what we want, but in this case we want things to be a bit simpler. So well just clean it up a bit.  We want the items to be centered and we want them to have a little bit of a margin on either side, so heres what we end up with.  Ive also made it match the values and style from the iPhone app: 1: <StackPanel Margin="10"> 2: <TextBox Name="textBox1" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Text="You" TextAlignment="Center"/> 3: <TextBlock Name="textBlock1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,100,0,0" Text="Hello You!" /> 4: <Button Name="button1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,150,0,0" Content="Hello"/> 5: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now lets take a look at what weve done there. Line 1: We removed all of the formatting from the StackPanel, except for Margin, as thats all we need.  Since our parent element is a Grid, by default the StackPanel will be sized to fit in that space.  The Margin says that we want to reserve 10 pixels on each side of the StackPanel. Line 2: Weve set the HorizontalAlignment of the TextBox to Stretch, which says that it should fill its parents size horizontally.  We want to do this so the TextBox is always full-width.  We also set TextAlignment to Center, to center the text. Line 3: In contrast to the TextBox above, we dont care how wide the TextBlock is, just so long as it is big enough for its text.  Thatll happen automatically, so we just set its Horizontal alignment to Center.  We also set a Margin above the TextBlock of 100 pixels to bump it down a bit, per the iPhone UI. Line 4: We do the same things here as in Line 3. Heres how the UI looks in the designer: Believe it or not, were almost done! Implementing the App Logic Now, we want the TextBlock to change its text when the Button is clicked.  In the designer, double click the Button to be taken to the Event Handler for the Buttons Click event.  In that event handler, we take the Text property from the TextBox, and format it into a string, then set it into the TextBlock.  Thats it! 1: private void button1_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 2: { 3: string name = textBox1.Text; 4:   5: // if there isn't a name set, just use "World" 6: if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(name)) 7: { 8: name = "World"; 9: } 10:   11: // set the value into the TextBlock 12: textBlock1.Text = String.Format("Hello {0}!", name); 13:   14: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } We use the String.Format() method to handle the formatting for us.    Now all thats left is to test the app in the Windows Phone Emulator and verify it does what we think it does! And it does! Comparing against the iPhone Looking at the iPhone example, there are basically three things that you have to touch as the developer: 1) The UI in the Nib file 2) The app delegate 3) The view controller Counting lines is a bit tricky here, but to try to keep this even, Im going to only count lines of code that I could not have (or would not have) generated with the tooling.  Meaning, Im not counting XAML and Im not counting operations that happen in the Nib file with the XCode designer tool.  So in the case of the above, even though I modified the XAML, I could have done all of those operations using the visual designer tool.  And normally I would have, but the XAML is more instructive (and less steps!).  Im interested in things that I, as the developer have to figure out in code.  Im also not counting lines that just have a curly brace on them, or lines that are generated for me (e.g. method names that are generated for me when I make a connection, etc.) So, by that count, heres what I get from the code listing for the iPhone app found here: HelloWorldAppDelegate.h: 6 HelloWorldAppDelegate.m: 12 MyViewController.h: 8 MyViewController.m: 18 Which gives me a grand total of about 44 lines of code on iPhone.  I really do recommend looking at the iPhone code for a comparison to the above. Now, for the Windows Phone 7 Series application, the only code I typed was in the event handler above Main.Xaml.cs: 4 So a total of 4 lines of code on Windows Phone 7.  And more importantly, the process is just A LOT simpler.  For example, I was surprised that the User Interface Designer in XCode doesnt automatically create instance variables for me and wire them up to the corresponding elements.  I assumed I wouldnt have to write this code myself (and risk getting it wrong!).  I dont need to worry about view controllers or anything.  I just write my code.  This blog post up to this point has covered almost every aspect of this apps development in a few pages.  The iPhone tutorial has 5 top level steps with 2-3 sub sections of each. Now, its worth pointing out that the iPhone development model uses the Model View Controller (MVC) pattern, which is a very flexible and powerful pattern that enforces proper separation of concerns.  But its fairly complex and difficult to understand when you first walk up to it.  Here at Microsoft weve dabbled in MVC a bit, with frameworks like MFC on Visual C++ and with the ASP.NET MVC framework now.  Both are very powerful frameworks.  But one of the reasons weve stayed away from MVC with client UI frameworks is that its difficult to tool.  We havent seen the type of value that beats double click, write code! for the broad set of scenarios. Another thing to think about is how many of those lines of code were focused on my apps functionality?.  Or, the converse of How many lines of code were boilerplate plumbing?  In both examples, the actual number of functional code lines is similar.  I count most of them in MyViewController.m, in the changeGreeting method.  Its about 7 lines of code that do the work of taking the value from the TextBox and putting it into the label.  Versus 4 on the Windows Phone 7 side.  But, unfortunately, on iPhone I still have to write that other 37 lines of code, just to get there. 10% of the code, 1 file instead of 4, its just much simpler. Making Some Tweaks It turns out, I can actually do this application with ZERO  lines of code, if Im willing to change the spec a bit. The data binding functionality in Silverlight is incredibly powerful.  And what I can do is databind the TextBoxs value directly to the TextBlock.  Take some time looking at this XAML below.  Youll see that I have added another nested StackPanel and two more TextBlocks.  Why?  Because thats how I build that string, and the nested StackPanel will lay things out Horizontally for me, as specified by the Orientation property. 1: <StackPanel Margin="10"> 2: <TextBox Name="textBox1" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Text="You" TextAlignment="Center"/> 3: <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,100,0,0" > 4: <TextBlock Text="Hello " /> 5: <TextBlock Name="textBlock1" Text="{Binding ElementName=textBox1, Path=Text}" /> 6: <TextBlock Text="!" /> 7: </StackPanel> 8: <Button Name="button1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,150,0,0" Content="Hello" Click="button1_Click" /> 9: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now, the real action is there in the bolded TextBlock.Text property: Text="{Binding ElementName=textBox1, Path=Text}" .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } That does all the heavy lifting.  It sets up a databinding between the TextBox.Text property on textBox1 and the TextBlock.Text property on textBlock1. As I change the text of the TextBox, the label updates automatically. In fact, I dont even need the button any more, so I could get rid of that altogether.  And no button means no event handler.  No event handler means no C# code at all.  Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 359 360 361 362 363 364  | Next Page >